Tigercat X870C LX870C FELLER BUNCHER OPERATOR'S MANUAL - PDF DOWNLOAD

X870C/LX870C FELLER BUNCHER

OPERATOR'S MANUAL SERIAL NUMBER 87062101 TO 87062499 SERIAL NUMBER 87072101 TO 87072499

ISSUE 1.2 JANUARY 2015 Tigercat Industries Inc. P.O. Box 637 Brantford, Ontario Canada N3T 5P9 Tel: (519) 753-2000 Fax: (519) 753-8272

Tigercat X870C/LX870C FELLER BUNCHER TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................................... v STANDARDS ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS ............................................................................................................ vi NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES..................................................................................................vii SAFETY ..................................................................................................................................................................1 USING HIGH SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY................................................................APPENDIX TO SECTION 1 CONTROLS AND OPERATION .............................................................................................................................2 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE ....................................................................................................................3

CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Warning Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm.

X870C/XL870C Available Literature Operator's Manual - 8XXX1501 TO 8XXX2100.................................... Part No. 30649A Operator's Manual (this manual) - 8XXX2101 TO 8XXX2499.............. Part No. 44098AENG Service Manual - 8XXX1501 TO 8XXX2100........................................ Part No. 30650A Service Manual - 8XXX2101 TO 8XXX2499........................................ Part No. 44099AENG Parts Catalog - 8XXX1501 TO 8XXX3000........................................... Part No. 30651A

iii

INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................................... v

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION An Operator's manual, Service manual and a Parts catalog are made available by Tigercat to assist the dealer, customer and operator in becoming familiar with the features of the X870C/LX870C Feller Bunchers.

Serial numbers:X870C

87062101 to 87062499

LX870C

87072101 to 87072499

NOTE: The 4 digit in the machine serial number indicates the machine model type. For example 1 = Feller Buncher and 2 = Leveling Feller Buncher. For simplicity throughout this manual the 4th digit has been replaced with an asterisk to indicate that both types of machine models are affected, i.e. 870*2101 to 870*2600. th

The X870C/LX870C Feller Bunchers are designed for harvesting trees, selective felling, thinning and final felling applications in plantations and natural stands.

The Operator's manual will assist the operator with the techniques of proper and safe operation of the X870C/ LX870C Feller Bunchers. There is also important information regarding the safe operation of the saw head. The service manual contains safety and servicing procedures and a preventive maintenance schedule to ensure optimum machine performance.

Section 1 in both the Operator's manual and the Service manual contains safety information that must be followed. As well, throughout the rest of the manuals, DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION notices are displayed where necessary, drawing attention to possible hazards when performing certain procedures.

Only trained personnel should be allowed to operate or work on the machine.

The information contained in this manual is current at time of printing. Improvements to the machine are on-going and may not be covered, therefore in these cases contact your Tigercat dealer for the appropriate information.

The phrase “and up” appearing in this manual after the serial number implies that the related information is current for any machine serial number HIGHER than the serial number preceding the “and up”.

Tigercat reserves the right to make changes to the machine after this manual release date that may not immediately appear in this manual.

Every effort is made to send out updates on a regular basis. If the machine in question was built after the release date of this manual and there is a discrepancy, call Tigercat service department. The release date appears on the first page.

The Company reserves the right to change information contained herein at any time without prior notice.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

v

STANDARDS ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS ............................................................................................................ vi

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

THIS OPERATOR ENCLOSURE MEETS THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: OREGON OSHA 437-007-0775:14A TIP-OVER PROTECTION STRUCTURES (TOPS) ISO 8082-2:2011 ROLL OVER PROTECTION STRUCTURES (ROPS) ISO 8084:1993 OPERATOR PROTECTION STRUCTURES (OPS) ISO 8083:1989 11 600J FALLING OBJECTS PROTECTION STRUCTURES (FOPS) ISO 2867:1994 SAE J1356: FEB 1988 OREGON OSHA 437-007-0775:14B,C AS 4988 2002 * MODIFICATIONS AND REPAIRS: The integrity of the ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS structure and its continued ability to provide the level of protection it was designed for could be seriously affected by any modifications to the structure, its mounting or to the chassis to which it is attached.

Tigercat emphasizes that the certification of approval of the ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS structure will become void if any such modifications take place.

Tigercat may officially grant approval for modifications only by: (i) Written approval of repairs or modifications signed by the Tigercat Engineering Manager; or (ii) Approved modifications officially released by Tigercat.

Both of the above are provided that the work is carried out in the factory approved manner.

Unauthorized modifications and/or repairs made or contributed to by a customer or a Tigercat distributor may result in creating a dangerous situation and therefore the customer or Tigercat distributor will be considered to have assumed the risk involved or be negligent in creating this situation.

Tigercat will not be held responsible for situations arising from having created unauthorized modifications/changes to the structure.

Operator cabs are designed to ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS standards so that they will withstand force and absorb energy during a roll over (ROPS), tip-over (TOPS), when resisting the impact of a falling object (FOPS) and minimize the possibility of operator injury from penetrating objects (OPS). When a permanent deflection of the structure occurs, the structure can no longer provide the original designed level of protection and should be replaced. Attempts to straighten the structure, particularly by the application of heat, can reduce still further the structures remaining capability to protect.

The mounting and the frame or chassis to which the cab is attached is considered an integral part of the ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS and is included in the design, test and certification of the product.

Contact the Tigercat Service department before attempting any modifications or repair to tip-over protective structures.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

vi

NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES..................................................................................................vii

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES

The installation of any unauthorized attachment or changes made of any kind to this Tigercat product could affect the product's ability to perform as originally intended. The product's integrity, stability and it's ability to perform safely could be at serious risk.

IT IS Tigercat POLICY THAT NO CHANGES ARE TO BE MADE TO ITS PRODUCTS INCLUDING DELETIONS OR ADDITIONS OTHER THAN A Tigercat APPROVED OPTION FITTED IN THE FACTORY APPROVED MANNER. Official approval to make changes or install options is only to be undertaken as follows: (i) The relevant options for that product must be shown or listed on current Tigercat documentation or literature such as a printed specification sheet, price list, parts manual, or product literature issued by Tigercat. (ii) Approved options or product changes authorized in writing by the Tigercat Engineering Manager.

AUTHORIZATION BY ANY OTHER PERSON IS UNACCEPTABLE. Unauthorized changes made or contributed to by a person or organization may result in creating a dangerous situation and therefore the person or organization will be considered to have assumed the risk involved or be negligent in having created this situation.

Weight is an important factor when considering the addition of options or an attachment, Refer to your Tigercat distributor for information on maximum permissible operating weight and the effect the addition of various options may have on your machine.

Tigercat will not be held responsible for any situation that may arise resulting from Non-approved Field Product Changes to its product.

Should Tigercat become involved in a dispute resulting from changes made to the product without proper authorization by Tigercat as stated above, Tigercat will take whatever action is appropriate to protect its interests.

The product warranty policy and the certification on any safety items installed on the modified product will become NULL and VOID if the above policy is not adhered to as specified.

Non-approved product changes also nullify warranties given to Tigercat by its component manufacturers.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

vii

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

viii

SAFETY ..................................................................................................................................................1

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher SECTION 1 - SAFETY DECEMBER 2014

Read and understand this safety section prior to operating any equipment.

Read and understand all manuals for any attachment or accessories.

CONTENTS - SECTION 1 B

BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH......................................................................................................... 1.14 BATTERY SAFETY.................................................................................................................................... 1.7 C

CAB EXITS.................................................................................................................................................1.8 COOLING SYSTEM....................................................................................................................... 1.17, 1.38 E

EMERGENCY CAB EXITS......................................................................................................................... 1.8 ENGINE DOORS...................................................................................................................................... 1.19 ER BOOM SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................... 1.18 EXHAUST FUMES................................................................................................................................... 1.19 F

FELLING TREES......................................................................................................................................1.13 FIRE PREVENTION................................................................................................................................. 1.25 DRY CHEMICAL CLEANUP PROCEDURES....................................................................................... 1.29 FIRE PREVENTION GUIDELINES....................................................................................................... 1.25 WHAT TO DO AFTER A MACHINE FIRE HAS OCCURRED............................................................... 1.28 WHAT TO DO TO PREPARE FOR A MACHINE FIRE......................................................................... 1.26 WHAT TO DO WHEN A MACHINE FIRE OCCURS............................................................................. 1.27 FLUID INJECTION INJURY..................................................................................................................... 1.20 FLUID LEAKS..........................................................................................................................................1.17 G

GREASE INJECTION INJURY................................................................................................................. 1.21 H

HAZARD ZONE..........................................................................................................................................1.4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE HAZARD........................................................................................................ 1.17 L

LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS LIGHTNING SAFETY................................................................................................................. 1.23, 1.24 WHAT IS A LIGHTNING STRIKE?........................................................................................................ 1.22 LOOSE CLOTHING HAZARD.................................................................................................................. 1.17 M

MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION......................................................................................... 1.10, 1.11 P

PARKING HAZARDS............................................................................................................................... 1.14 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING......................................................................................................................... 1.3 S

SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCHES ON CAB DOORS............................................................................... 1.9 SAFETY LABELS..................................................................................................................................... 1.30 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, OPERATING.................................................................................................... 1.8 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, SERVICING......................................................................................... 1.15, 1.22 SAFETY SYMBOLS................................................................................................................................... 1.3 SIGNAL WORDS........................................................................................................................................ 1.3 W

WELDING, PRIOR TO............................................................................................................................. 1.16 WORKING WITH OIL................................................................................................................................. 1.5

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher Noise Level Inside Cab dB(A)

As per Tigercat test ETR00047 Microphone direction: Forward Rear Left Right Driving max speed (High) 77 76 77 76 Driving max speed (Low) 73 72 72 73 Boom opertation 72 73 72 73 NOISELEVELS.XLS

Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against noise.

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. This machine exceeds 70 dB(A) in the cab and exceeds 85 dB(A) when servicing the machine engine.

Check with your local Safety Commission to determine if hearing protection is required at these levels.

Vibration Level - Whole-body As per Tigercat test ETR007 & ISO 2631-1 Weighted rms accleleration (m/s2) Seat Seat-back Health Comfort Driving max speed (High) x-axis (back-to-chest) 0.5630 0.2370 y-axis (right-to-left) 0.3200 0.2310 z-axis (buttocks-to-head) 0.2110 0.4660 S 0.6571 0.5700 0.4850 Driving max speed (Low) x-axis (back-to-chest) 0.2150 0.1140 y-axis (right-to-left) 0.0977 0.0764 z-axis (buttocks-to-head) 0.0669 0.2170 S 0.2890 0.2568 0.1800 Boom opertation x-axis (back-to-chest) 0.6140 0.4510 y-axis (right-to-left) 0.2470 0.3710 z-axis (buttocks-to-head) 0.0838 0.4440 S 0.9304 0.7310 0.5070

Feet 0.4020 0.4200 0.6140 0.2850 0.1200 0.1440 0.2230 0.1000 0.1830 0.3300 0.3670 0.1740

Vibration Level - Hand/Arm As per Tigercat test ETR007 Weighted rms accleleration (m/s2) Driving max speed (High) S 1.770 Driving max speed (Low) S 1.170 Boom opertation S 0.770 *Note for hand/arm, all weighted RMS acceleration values are below 2.5 m/s 2 as per clause 3.6.3 Machinery Directive 98/37/EC Annex 1.

VIBRATION LEVELS.XLS

1.2

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

SAFETY SYMBOLS

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IMPORTANT 24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Remember that safety is a prime responsibility of all.

This safety alert symbol means ATTENTION! BECOME ALERT! YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED!

To minimize the risks and promote safety at all times, this section of the Operator's manual details a number of safety rules which should always be followed and obeyed.

The safety alert symbol identifies important safety messages on machines, safety signs, in manuals, or elsewhere. When you see this symbol, be alert to the possibility of personal injury or death.

Follow the instructions in the safety message.

Always read the Operator's manual before operating the machine. Pay close attention to WARNINGS and HAZARD identifications.

Understanding Signal Words

DANGER DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.+

Follow all instructions from safety inspector and supervisors.

You must be fully trained to operate this piece of equipment. Know the capabilities and the limitations of the equipment. Learn the most efficient operating techniques.

WARNING WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

Do not let untrained persons operate the machine.

Use recommended protective clothing and safety devices such as gloves, safety boots, safety hat, goggles, and ear protection when necessary.

CAUTION CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.

These safety rules highlight both general and specific measures that the operator should be familiar with and adhere to. More specific measures are illustrated with pictograms which may also be attached to the machine in locations pertinent to their respective message. Keep safety labels in good condition. Repair or replace damaged labels.

1.3

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

KEEP BACK 500 FEET The following diagram illustrates the HAZARD ZONE. All personnel should be kept clear of this zone while the harvesting head is operating.

Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against noise.

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. This machine exceeds 70dB(A) in the cab and exceeds 85dB(A) when servicing machine engine.

The HAZARD ZONE should be considered off limits to all individuals.

Always use the handrails and steps provided when mounting and dismounting from the machine.

150 m (500 ft)

Do not jump off the machine at any time.

Do not try to climb onto or off of a moving machine.

150 m (500 ft)

150 m (500 ft)

Do not use the seat armrest or joystick as a handle when entering or leaving the cab.

Do not use the machine foot controls as steps.

150 m (500 ft)

860C-039

HAZARD ZONE

DANGER ROTATING SAW The safety of persons outside the cab is the responsibility of the machine operator.

When mounting or dismounting the machine always use the 3 point technique; use one hand with 2 feet or 2 hands with 1 foot.

When approaching an operating machine on foot, stay at least 500 feet (150M) away until the operator recognizes your presence. Make sure that all harvesting equipment is shut down before advancing to the machine.

WARNING

NOTE: Opening the cab front door will stop machine functions. Opening the cab side door will NOT stop machine functions.

Avoid mounting or dismounting the machine in areas with slippery surfaces. You should dry, deice, clean up or cover slippery surfaces with an anti-slip material before mounting or dismounting the machine.

1.4

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Do not operate the machine with any defective or inoperable components.

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

Check all fluid levels.

Do not operate the machine with any of the exhaust system, safety covers, oil shields, or other devices removed.

WARNING Do not walk on machine surfaces with steel cleated foot wear. Steel cleats on steel surfaces are slippery and do not provide a safe foot hold.

WARNING It is not recommended to walk on machine surfaces that are not designated walking areas.

Keep a first aid kit in an easily accessible location on the vehicle at all times.

No attempt should be made to walk on angled steel surfaces or surfaces that are irregular in shape.

Working with oil

Walking surfaces on the machine must be covered with anti-slip materials to provide a safe foot hold and prevent slipping.

Direct contact with oil implies a risk of skin complaints (example: eczema). Strict hygiene should always be observed.

These anti-slip surfaces should be maintained on a regular basis. If the surface shows signs of wear, the anti-slip material must be replaced immediately.

Some advice which should be observed: • • •

To reduce risk of fire, machines should be completely cleaned of debris at least daily, particularly around the engine exhaust components. Hydraulic oil leaks, excess grease, fuel and oil accumulation (including spillage) should be eliminated immediately. Always shut off engine before cleaning machine.

•

• •

Maintain a clean cab interior, clear away trash or debris.

•

Machine should be washed completely at every major service.

•

Inspect the machine daily for signs of damage or unusual wear, to structures.

• •

Check for fluid leaks, or faulty operation. Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and systems immediately.

Check windows and door guards for damage.

Check protective windows for cracks; a damaged window has reduced strength to stop flying objects. All damaged windows must be replaced with original equipment.

Check windows for scratching, crazing and cloudiness that could impair clear visibility all around the machine.

1.5

Oils used in this machine may be hot enough to cause serious burns.

Avoid contact with oil, particularly heated oil.

Oil on the skin should be washed off immediately with soap and water.

Wear protective gloves. Hands should be clean before putting on gloves. Apply protective cream to the hands to make washing easier.

Don't put oily rags in your pockets.

Oil soiled clothing should be changed as soon as possible.

Always keep an extra overall handy, but not in the machine where it can become dirty.

Cuts and abrasions must be attended to immediately. Clean them and apply first-aid.

Avoid breathing in oil fumes.

Wash hands and arms frequently (example: at each meal break or as often as possible).

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher Approach with extreme caution any area where overhanging electrical power lines are present.

Serious injury or death by electrocution can result if the machine or any of its attachments are not kept a safe distance from these lines.

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued Safety Hazards - Viton Seals 'O' rings and other seals manufactured of Viton material (fluorine rubber) produce a highly corrosive acid (Hydrofluoric) when subjected to temperatures above 600°F (315°C).

Maintain a distance of 10 ft. (3m) between the machine or boom and any power line carrying up to 50,000 volts or less plus 1/2 inch (10mm) for each addition 1,000 volts above the 50,000 volt level.

This contamination can have extreme consequences on human tissue since it is almost impossible to remove after contact.

If State/Provincial, local or job site regulations require even greater safety distances than stated above, strictly adhere to these regulations for your own protection.

The following procedures are recommended when inspecting equipment that has been subjected to high temperatures such as fire: •

Visually inspect any seals or gaskets which have suffered from heat damage; they will appear black and sticky.

•

If these are found, DO NOT TOUCH!!!

•

Determine the material composition of any seals or gaskets, If fluoro-elastomer seals (Viton, fluorel, or tecmoflon) have been used, the affected area must be decontaminated before undertaking further work. Natural rubber and nitrile materials are not hazardous.

•

Disposable heavy duty gloves (neoprene) must be worn and the affected area decontaminated by washing thoroughly with limewater (Calcium Hydroxide solution).

•

Any cloths, residue and gloves must be safely discarded after use.

If the machine must be transported, make sure that it is adequately secured to the transporting vehicle. Refer to the vehicle moving instructions page in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. Stopping the engine immediately after it has been working under load can result in overheating and premature wear of the engine components.

Reduce engine speed to LOW IDLE and let run for approximately 5 minutes to allow gradual dissipation of heat and also to reduce turbo speed. This will also prevent loss of coolant by after boil and possible hot spot damage to the engine.

NOTE: Burning discarded items is not recommended except in an approved incineration process where the dangerous products are treated by alkaline scrubbing.

Be aware when performing service and maintenance tasks that surfaces and grab handles in and around the engine and cooling system may become very hot when the engine has been running. Contact with hot surfaces may cause injury.

Safety Hazards - Operating Maintain a charged fire extinguisher on the vehicle at all times and KNOW HOW TO USE IT.

Comply with instructions in this manual and also your company regulations for the operation of this machine.

Do not carry passengers either in the cab or anywhere else on the machine. The vehicle is provided and approved with seating for the operator only.

Read, understand and follow all general safety precautions specified by attachment manufacturer.

Do not allow anyone to operate the machine who may not be physically fit or who may be under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

WARNING

When moving the machine, watch that enough clearance is available on both sides and above the machine or any of its attachments. Extra clearance may be required particularly where the ground is uneven.

Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

1.6

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

Avoid Injury from Backover Accidents Before moving the machine, be sure all persons are clear of the area.

Always be alert for bystanders moving into the work area. Use the horn to warn bystanders before moving the machine.

WARNING Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.

When using a signal person, keep the person in view at all times. Always be sure the signal person is clear before backing up.

To avoid backover accidents:

If acid is accidentally splashed into your eyes, flush immediately with clean water and get medical attention.

• •

Do not attempt to charge a frozen battery; it can explode.

Before working on electrical systems, disconnect the battery as follows: -

turn off the master switch in the cab,

-

disconnect the negative starter motor cable from both battery posts,

-

disconnect the positive master solenoid cable from both battery posts.

• • •

Connect the ground terminal last when reconnecting.

•

Do not short out the battery terminals for any reason. Serious burns or an explosion can result.

CAUTION Lead-acid batteries contain sulfuric acid which can severly damage eyes or skin on contact. Always wear a safety face shield, rubber gloves and protective clothing to reduce risk of accidents.

Lead-acid batteries produce flammable and explosive gasses. Keep arcs, sparks, open flames and lighted tobacco a safe distance from the batteries.

1.7

Always look around before you back up. Be sure that everyone is clear.

Keep the motion warning alarm in working condition. The motion warning alarm must sound when the machine is moving in forward or reverse.

Use a signal person when backing up if the view is obstructed. Always keep the signal person in view.

Learn the meaning of all flags, signs and markings on the job site and who is responsible for signaling.

Keep all windows, mirrors and lights in good condition.

Dust, heavy rain, fog, snow, etc., can reduce visibility. As visibility decreases, reduce speed and use proper lighting.

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher Before moving the machine to the work site, check to make sure that all doors, panels, and access covers are installed properly and secured.

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

CAB EXITS There are three ways to exit the cab in case of an emergency.

1. Front door - This is the main point of entry and is the only door that should be used under normal operating conditions to enter or leave the cab. This door is also equipped with a SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH. See SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH ON FRONT DOOR in THIS SECTION.

Shut off the engine when refuelling - DO NOT refuel the engine while smoking or near an open flame or sparks.

2. Side door - This door should be used for emergency exits only. Do not use this door to routinely enter or leave the cab. This door is not equipped with a safety interlock switch and therefore, when left open, will not deactivate the pilot controls in the cab.

ALWAYS shut OFF the engine before using the side door exit.

Check that no other personnel have moved into a hazardous area before starting the machine.

Sound the machine horn before starting the machine.

3. Escape hatch - This is a third cab exit for use if the front exit or side door exit become blocked. This hatch is not equipped with a safety interlock switch and therefore, when left open, will not deactivate the pilot controls in the cab. ALWAYS shut OFF the engine before using the escape hatch exit.

It is important that the operator of the machine be familiar with these emergency exits and how to use them.

The operator seat is equipped with lap and shoulder harness belts. Always use both of these restraint systems at all times when operating the machine.

All operators should practice using all the cab exits to become familiar with escape procedures should they need to perform them in the dark, when the machine is in a rolled position, or other possible adverse conditions.

Start the engine according to the instructions in this manual. Refer to OPERATING MACHINE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

All three exits should be checked to make sure that they are operational and will function in an emergency. The safety interlock mechanism on the front door, and the side door and escape hatch retaining mechanisms must not be tampered with or defeated.

WARNING NEVER USE A LIQUID STARTING AID TO START AN ENGINE.

IMPORTANT! Unlock both doors before operating the machine to allow opening from the outside in case of an emergency. Make sure that the doors are operational. Open the doors twice; once using the exterior latch handle and once using the interior handle.

THIS MACHINE IS EQUIPPED WITH A COMPUTER CONTROLLED HEATING ELEMENT IN THE ENGINE INTAKE SYSTEM. STARTING FLUIDS WILL EXPLODE ON CONTACT WITH THE HEATING ELEMENT.

For additional information, refer to EMERGENCY EXITS in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. 1.8

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

4. Do not allow people or other pieces of equipment near the harvesting operation.

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

5. Do not turn on the attachment until the machine is at the harvesting site.

SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH ON THE FRONT DOOR: The front door is equipped with a safety interlock switch to prevent the machine from being operated while the front door is open (pilot system is shut off).

SWITCH

6. Use only prearranged and approved signalling practices.

WARNING

ACTUATOR ON DOOR

Do not open the escape hatch or the cab doors to increase ventilation when operating the machine.

Keep the cab doors closed when driving or steering the machine to prevent accidental entry of branches and debris into the cab.

INTERLOCK SWITCH (FRONT DOOR)

822-D02

Push the red PILOT OFF switch and confirm that the yellow PILOT OFF light is ON before removing the seat belt. DO NOT use the front door interlock switch to turn pilot OFF.

Keep the cab doors closed and always use the seat belt when driving or steering the machine to prevent being thrown from the cab.

Secure loose items in the cab.

NOTE: The engine can be started but the machine functions cannot be operated with the door open.

Prior to commencing work, check all equipment controls to ensure that the machine responds correctly.

CAUTION

Make sure that all safety screens and guards, including the skylight, are installed and properly secured.

The door safety interlock switch and the pilot reset switch are safety features and their function must not be defeated in any way.

Always rest the attachment on the ground when operation is stopped, regardless if the engine is running or shut off.

To operate: Close the front door and press the PILOT RESET switch.

Operate the machine only from a seated position in the operator seat.

Once the safety interlock system has been activated, the safety of both the operator and all persons outside the cab becomes the responsibility of the operator.

Watch for ground hazards such as metal debris, wire fencing or rocks.

When travelling, position the attachment and the boom to avoid visual impairment.

If vision is limited by dust, smoke, fog, rain or snow, stop the machine until visibility is restored.

WARNING

If the saw guard has been installed, DO NOT REMOVE it until you arrive at the cutting site.

Remove the guard before starting engine.

1. When the engine is running, DO NOT allow anyone in areas of the machine where they may be crushed by moving components.

2. Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and other personnel. Never operate the boom or attachment over the heads of bystanders.

3. Never travel near co-workers or other pieces of equipment with attachments running.

1.9

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued CAUTION Do not open cab doors or window screens when the cab is on a slope. The doors and screens are heavy and could swing out with considerable force. Anyone in the path of the swing could be injured.

Anyone opening the door or screen and holding on to it could be pulled out of the cab and injured.

MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION MACHINES WITHOUT LEVELLER When working on slopes, travel straight up or down the slope to prevent roll-over.

NEVER travel across a STEEP slope or side hill: •

As logs are added to the accumulator pocket, the handling and the stability of the machine will change.

•

To avoid tip over, keep the felling head as low as possible to maintain a low center of gravity.

•

Always be prepared to dump the load in case of an emergency.

•

Do not overload the machine as this can create an unstable condition and cause a rollover.

1.10

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION MACHINES WITH LEVELLER This machine is designed to operate on rough terrain and slopes commonly found in forestry applications. However, ground conditions vary greatly with changing soil types, slope angles, moisture, snow and ice, rocks, boulders, stumps, and fallen trees. All of these factors affect the stability of the machine and may cause tip-over and loss of traction. This machine may not be capable of operating on some ground conditions, and must be used with caution.

20° 860C-009

Whenever possible, work within the normal working range of the boom system as shown in FIG. 1. Note that in any boom position, both inside and outside of the normal operating range, there is a risk of instability and tipping. When it is necessary to work outside of the normal working range, be aware that the stability of the machine is reduced. The risk of tipping is increased while operating in the reduced stability working range.

16° 860C-010

NORMAL WORKING RANGE OF BOOM SYSTEM

FIG. 2 UNDERCARRIAGE LEVELING ANGLES

All efforts have been made in the design of the machine to reduce the risk of tipping, however it is not possible to completely eliminate all risk of tipping. To minimize the risk of tipping observe the following:

UPHILL REDUCED STABILITY WORKING RANGE

•

Do not attempt to operate this machine on slopes without first receiving proper training.

•

Learn the stability limits or feel of the machine by first working on gentle slopes and by positioning the boom to reduce the risk of tipping. Gain experience over time by gradually increasing the angle of the slopes on which you are working.

•

Keep the attachment as close to the ground as possible to increase machine stability, and to allow the boom to be quickly lowered to the ground should the machine begin to tip.

•

Always use the LOW speed setting for the track drives when on slopes.

Travelling at an angle to a slope other than straight up and down decreases the traction of the tracks. Increasing the angle to the slope away from straight up and down can cause the machine to slide sideways downhill and/or possibly tip over.

TRACK GEAR BOX AT REAR OF UNDERCARRIAGE 860C-030

FIG. 1 WORKING RANGES

•

1.11

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued •

NEVER travel across a STEEP slope or side hill.

•

Always carry any load on the uphill side of the machine.

•

Do not lift or move objects that exceed machine stability.

•

Always be prepared to release the load in case it causes the machine to tip.

•

Always position the cab so that you have a clear view in the direction of travel. Be aware of ground conditions and obstacles, in the path of the machine, before moving the machine.

•

UPHILL REDUCED STABILITY WORKING RANGE

TRACK GEAR BOX AT REAR OF UNDERCARRIAGE

Backing over obstacles unexpectedly while traveling down a slope poses a tipping risk.

Know the path of the tracks whenever the machine is moved.

•

When climbing a slope the boom should face uphill and the attachment should be kept close to the ground (FIG. 3). When descending a slope the boom should face down hill and the attachment should be kept close to the ground (FIG.4). Be aware that the machine is in its least stable postion on a slope with the boom to the rear (see also FIG.1). Be particularly aware of machine stability when changing directions on, or travelling back down a slope.

FIG. 1 WORKING RANGES

860C-030

When crossing obstacles (boulders, stumps, ditches, etc.) the machine can shift rapidly, greatly affecting the stability of the machine.

Move slowly over obstacles, and position the boom against the ground to reduce the risk of the machine shifting rapidly.

•

•

NORMAL WORKING RANGE OF BOOM SYSTEM

BOOM TO FRONT

KEEP ATTACHMENT CLOSE TO GROUND TRACK GEAR BOX AT REAR OF UNDERCARRIAGE 860C-013

As you gain experience, recognize that the maximum slope on which the machine can operate cannot be defined simply by an angle value. Variables in surface terrain, soil types, rocks, boulders, stumps, and fallen trees, changing weather conditions, and first and foremost the experience and skill level of the operator, greatly affect the maximum slope limitations. Be aware that these factors can result in a shallow slope posing greater risk than a relatively steeper slope. DO NOT attempt to work on slopes beyond your personal capability level.

FIG. 3 CLIMBING SLOPE

KEEP ATTACHMENT CLOSE TO GROUND

860C-011

1.12

FIG. 4 DESCENDING SLOPE

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

WARNING DO NOT operate this machine to lift or move any objects other than what it is designed to lift or move.

The boom system is intended for use in tree felling applications only.

• Do not use the boom to service other equipment.

• Do not use the boom to lift items such as tires, engines, cylinders, boom components, etc.

• Do not modify the boom system.

• Do not add hooks or lugs to the boom for the purpose of attaching lifting rigging.

• Do not use the attachment for any purpose other than the intended felling function.

FELLING TREES Pieces of wood, debris from the ground and even teeth separating from the saw blade become potentially dangerous missiles when thrown from these machines.

Inspect the saw teeth, the tooth retaining bolts, the saw disc and the felling head assembly.

Ensure that all the saw tooth retaining bolts are at the correct torque value. Refer to the Attachment manual for correct values.

Replace all worn saw teeth or rotate worn teeth to align unused cutting tips.

Always replace the retaining bolts when replacing saw teeth.

Inspect the saw disc for stress cracks and that the saw disc does not wobble due to worn saw shaft bearings.

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine, the workers and all other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use.

Failure to follow the above instructions could result in serious injury or death.

Never start the machine if the saw blade has missing teeth, teeth retaining bolts or a bent saw disc.

Shut down the machine immediately if vibration occurs during cutting.

Never use this machine to clear a logging deck on a new tract of timber when the rest of the equipment and operators are also moving in.

Pre-plan to clear decks in advance before other equipment arrives.

Check that the saw discharge area is clear and undamaged.

When moving from tree to tree with the saw blade turning, take care not to make contact with other vegetation or debris.

Never work alone. Regularly inform other crew members of your intentions, location and length of time to perform duties.

Do not overload the felling head.

Work within your operating skills and do not attempt to cut down a tree that is too large for the felling head.

Stop the saw blade before leaving the cutting area.

NOTE: The saw blade will continue to free wheel for several minutes after the saw switch has been turned OFF.

Make sure the chip discharge area of the felling head (where applicable) is not directed at people, livestock, buildings or other machines.

To stop the blade from rotating, CAREFULLY and gently lower the saw blade onto a stump to prevent unnecessary loading of the saw blade, saw housing and bearings.

Properly position the felling head in front of the tree and make sure the saw blade is running at full rpm when cutting.

Always know and control the direction the tree will fall to prevent injury to co-workers or damage other vehicles.

Watch out for obstacles in your path when backing away from a cut.

Always travel with the felling head as close to the ground as possible. Never elevate the felling head unless necessary.

1.13

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued Park the machine in a cleared area at least 15 meters (50 feet) away from other equipment. In the event of a fire, this distance will minimize the chance of the fire spreading to other equipment.

Before leaving the cab, lower the felling attachment onto the ground.

If you will be out of the cab for an extended period, shut the machine OFF. When parking the machine: •

Park on level ground only and engage the swing brake.

•

Do not park on a hillside or incline.

•

Lower the felling attachment onto level ground.

•

Stop the engine.

•

Turn the master disconnect switch OFF if the vehicle is to be parked for an extended period of time (Example - overnight).

24863A

OFF

ON 24863A R0

Wait 30 seconds after engine shut down before turning off the battery disconnect switch. If the battery disconnect is turned off before the engine, the ECM (Engine Control Module) will register a fault.

When transporting the machine, watch that enough clearance is available on both sides and above the machine, or any of its attachments, to avoid contact with power or telephone lines, bridge structures, etc.

Before transporting the machine check to make sure that all doors, panels and access covers are installed properly and secured. Improperly secured doors or panels pose a serious danger to pedestrians and other vehicles.

1.14

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

The radiator and the engine cooling system should be cleaned and serviced daily to maintain moderate engine temperatures.

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

WARNING

WARNING, HOT FLUIDS AND HOT MACHINE SURFACES CAN CAUSE SERIOUS BURNS! Conduct maintenance inspections at least as frequently as recommended in SECTION 3 of the THIS MANUAL.

24863A

OFF

ON 24863A R0

When servicing or repairing equipment, turn the engine OFF. Turn the Battery Disconnect switch OFF and lock out the switch in accordance with local regulations. This machine is equipped with a remotely operated battery disconnect relay.

Some wiring on the machine is live even when the battery disconnect switch is off. When servicing the electrical system, remove the battery cables from the batteries, disconnecting the negative cables first.

•

Before servicing the machine, allow the engine cooling system, fuel system, exhaust system, hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

•

Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

•

DO NOT begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 38°C (100°F).

IMPORTANT

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing the hydraulic system, release air pressure from the tank using the air vent valve. Eye protection is required. Refer to the HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 of the THIS MANUAL for details.

Install a DO NOT START ENGINE sign on the operator cab door and in the engine compartment when making repairs to the machine.

FILTER BREATHER MANIFOLD

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

PRESSURE GAUGE

S855C-001A H855C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

SCHRADER VALVE

Handle UP (shown above) = Valve Closed Handle Down (90°) = Valve Open After service is completed, close the air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

Before performing maintenance or repair work on any equipment, consult the instruction manual provided by the manufacturer and follow the recommended procedures.

1.15

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

DISCONNECT THE 6 PIN PLUG FROM THE BACK OF THE DISPLAY MODULE

••

Prior to welding on any part of the machine, the repair area should be cleaned and a fire extinguisher should be made available at the welding location.

Care must be taken in attaching the welding machine grounding clamp so current does not pass through bearings, especially the swing bearing.

822C-05

Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable from all the batteries.

IQAN DISPLAY DISCONNECT

Disconnect the IQAN display 6 pin connector from the back of the display module.

This machine is equipped with sensitive electronic control equipment thus, prior to welding: DISCONNECT THE MULTI-PIN PLUG FROM THE ENGINE ANTI-STALL CONTROLLER

•• DISCONNECT THE 42 PIN PLUG FROM THE XS MODULE

•• 822C-03

ENGINE ANTI-STALL DISCONNECT

Disconnect the multi-pin plug from the engine anti-stall controller mounted on the rear electrical cover door inside the cab.

••

•• ••

DISCONNECT 4 PIN ENGINE POWER CONNECTOR 822C-34 822C-34

822C-04

IQAN XS MODULE DISCONNECT

Disconnect the IQAN control module 42 pin connector located in the back-right corner of the cab.

DISCONNECT THE TWO DISCONNECT THE TWO MULTI-PIN PLUGS FROM MULTI-PIN PLUGS FROM THE THE ENGINE ENGINE ECM ECM

IMPORTANT 24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

ENGINE ECM DISCONNECT - LEFT SIDE OF ENGINE

Disconnect the engine ECM (Engine Control Module) by unplugging the four pin engine power connector and the two multipin connectors from the left side of the engine.

1.16

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued WARNING Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid that is under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause serious personal injury, blindness, or death.

If any fluid is injected into the skin, it must be surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor familiar with treating this type of injury.

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling systems can cause serious burns.

Shut off the engine. Only remove the coolant filler cap when it is cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen the cap to the first stop to relieve pressure before removing the cap completely.

Never use your bare hand to check for fluid leaks.

Fluid leaks, under pressure, may not be visible.

When searching for leaks, wear work gloves and use a wrench or piece of wood to move hydraulic hoses. Do not grab hold of hydraulic hoses. Wear safety goggles for eye protection.

Do not change any pressure or relief settings unless Tigercat authorized instruction has been obtained.

Use the proper tool for the job. Repair or replace worn or damaged tools, including lifting equipment, immediately.

Pressure can be maintained in a hydraulic system long after the power source and pump have been shut down. Lower the attachment to the ground, stop the engine and relieve trapped pressure before performing work on components or disconnecting any hoses. Refer to PARKING BOOM diagram (FIG.5). Accumulators will self drain within 2 minutes of stopping the engine.

Keep your hands, feet, head, and loose clothing away from power driven parts. Tie long hair behind your head. Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical shorts and entanglement in moving parts.

Always be aware of machine pinch points that could cause injury. Never place body parts within the range of motion of the working parts of the machine.

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

Never stand under an object supported with hydraulics. Always use safety stands or a locking device.

HEAD FLAT ON GROUND 860C-001

FIG. 5 - PARKING BOOM

1.17

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher SWITCHABLE ER BOOM FUNCTION These machines are equipped with a switchable ER valve to provide ER boom function or non-ER boom function. This function is switched on or off by joystick switches and the Computer Controller.

For complete details refer to ER MODE/NONER MODE in SECTION 2 of THE OPERATOR MANUAL.

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued WARNING This machine may be equipped with an ER boom system. Because of this, it may behave in an unexpected manner compared to a conventional boom system.

MACHINE MODELS EQUIPPED WITH AN ER BOOM SYSTEM Greater attention is required when servicing the ER Boom System as certain hydraulic circuits on this machine are inter-connected in order to provide level head travel and to recirculate hydraulic oil to reduce heat generation and fuel consumption. As a result, disconnecting hydraulic lines from one cylinder may release pressure in a different cylinder at the same time. Before attempting to disconnect hydraulic hoses or perform work on the boom system, ensure that: (a) The machine is parked on level ground with the head laying flat on the ground. (b) The stick cylinders are fully extended (FIG. 5) or the hoist cylinder is fully retracted (FIG. 6).

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

HEAD FLAT ON GROUND 860C-001

FIG. 5 - ER BOOM SYSTEM

HOIST CYLINDERS FULLY RETRACTED

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-002

FIG. 6 - ER BOOM SYSTEM

1.18

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Before performing work under the boom system ensure it is firmly supported.

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

WARNING Always follow the instructions and safety warnings provided by the attachment manufacturer before approaching the attachment head to make adjustments.

WARNING DO NOT operate this machine to lift or move any objects other than what it is designed to lift or move.

The boom system is intended for use in tree felling applications only.

• Do not use the boom to service other equipment.

• Do not use the boom to lift items such as tires, engines, cylinders, boom components, etc.

• Do not modify the boom system.

• Do not add hooks or lugs to the boom for the purpose of attaching lifting rigging.

• Do not use the attachment for any purpose other than the intended felling function.

WARNING DO NOT work below or behind a machine that is parked on a grade.

WARNING Failure to follow any of the above instructions could result in serious injury or death from crushing.

CAUTION Do not open cab doors or window screens when the cab is on a slope. The doors and screens are heavy and could swing out with considerable force. Anyone in the path of the swing could be injured.

Anyone opening the door or screen and holding on to it could be pulled out of the cab and injured.

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and workers and all other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use.

Failure to follow the above instructions could result in serious injury or death.

When opening or closing the power operated engine door, watch for personnel in door areas.

If the engine is running inside a building, make sure that sufficient ventilation is available to prevent a build-up of toxic exhaust fumes. Run the engine only when it is necessary for testing or adjustments.

1.19

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher FLUID INJECTION INJURY

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

WARNING

Work in a ventilated area. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, use an exhaust pipe extension to allow toxic exhaust fumes to be routed outdoors.

Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin and could result in serious injury or death. If any fluid is injected under the skin, a medical doctor familiar with the treatment of this type of injury must surgically remove it within a few hours.

If you don't have an exhaust pipe extension, either work outside, or open the shop doors.

Hydraulic and diesel fuel systems on forestry machines operate at very high pressures, often 207 bar (3000 psi) and above. If a loose connection or a defect in a hose should occur, a fine, high velocity stream of fluid will result. Even for systems pressurized to as little as 7 bar (100 psi), this fluid stream can penetrate human skin as if it were a hypodermic needle.

Before draining any fluids, know the proper way to dispose of them.

Initially, an accidental fluid injection beneath the skin may only produce a slight stinging sensation.

There is a danger that you will tend to ignore this, thinking that it will get better with time. Most often, it does not! Within a very short time the wound may begin to throb painfully, indicating that tissue damage has already begun.

When performing required hydraulic checks and blade speed adjustments, install the saw blade guard. Refer to the instructions provided by the attachment manufacturer.

Similarly fluid injected directly into a blood vessel can spread rapidly through your circulatory system. The human body has little ability to purge injected fluid.

Read, understand and follow all operating safety precautions specified by the harvesting attachment manufacturer.

Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin and could result in death or serious injury. If any fluid is injected under the skin, a medical doctor familiar with the treatment of this type of injury must surgically remove it within a few hours.

Dispose of fluids properly.

Do not pour fluids into the ground, stream, pond or lake.

MACHINE MODELS EQUIPPED WITH A LEVELING SYSTEM

DANGER

23526A R0

Time becomes critical as tissue damage progresses rapidly. The longer you delay getting professional medical attention, the more damage that can occur.

Although fluid injection accidents are rare, the resulting injury has, on occasion, required the amputation of a finger, a hand or in some cases the entire limb. The longer the delay in getting professional medical aid, the further up the limb the tissue damage can spread. An injury of this type can become very serious or even fatal if not dealt with promptly and properly.

TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH USE SUPPORT BRACE AS SHOWN WHEN SERVICING.

Always install support braces in the leveling mechanism while performing service and maintenance tasks. This area is a crush zone.

Keep clear to avoid personal injury or death.

1.20

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher •

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

•

In the event of any suspected fluid injection injury • Report the injury to your supervisor immediately.

• Seek professional medical attention immediately.

As always, the best defence against suffering the effects of fluid injection is to prevent the accident from occurring in the first place.

When searching for possible fluid leaks: • Never search for leaks with your bare hands.

Always wear thick protective gloves.

Always ensure that hoses are rated for the pressures to which they will be subjected.

Never use any hoses that you suspect could be defective.

GREASE INJECTION INJURY WHEN USING PNEUMATIC GREASE GUNS Pneumatic grease guns can deliver grease at pressures from 17 - 400 Bar (246 - 5801 psi).

It takes less than 7 Bar (100 psi) to inject a substance through human skin.

ALWAYS get professional medical treatment immediately after any type of injection injury.

Provide the physician with information on the type of grease, the pressure setting of the gun, and similar details.

The amount of fluid injected, type of fluid (or material), pressure at which it was injected, and the elapsed time between injection and surgery all influence the chances of successful treatment for this type of serious injury.

• • •

Prior to using a high pressure pneumatic grease gun, perform the following:

Be sure to wear safety goggles for eye protection.

Keep all body parts well away from the area being investigated for leaks.

Use the end of a long piece of wood to move hoses or other obstacles.

Place the end of a long piece of wood in the suspected path of any fluid stream. Never use any part of your body.

• Recognize that the source of the leak and the fluid streaming from it may be very small and not easily visible. You may only be able to see the fluid that accumulates as a result of the fluid stream.

When performing any service work: • Stop the engine and relieve all diesel fuel or hydraulic pressure before disconnecting any lines or otherwise working on the system.

• Never grab any hydraulic or diesel fuel connectors or hoses when they are subjected to pressure.

•

DO NOT OPERATE a high pressure pneumatic grease gun unless you have been trained in the proper operation and are aware of all safety precautions of such a tool.

•

All operators of high pressure pneumatic grease guns MUST be trained in the hazards of its operations and the treatment for such injuries.

•

Wear proper protective equipment such as gloves, safety hat and safety glasses.

•

Inspect all parts of the grease gun for wear and tear and replace all worn or damaged parts.

•

Make sure that protective shrouds are installed on all grease gun nozzles as safety devices.

•

Remove dirt and grease from grease fittings prior to greasing.

•

Replace any defective grease fittings on equipment with new fittings immediately.

•

When badly positioned fittings are identified, replace them with angled or swivel fittings for easier access.

•

1.21

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher LIGHTNING SAFETY

LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS

In spite of the popular myth that being struck by lightning is an unlikely event, the facts show that lightning strikes occur frequently. As a result loggers are at high risk because their work is outdoors and close to known strike points such as tall trees and heavy equipment.

WHAT IS A LIGHTNING STRIKE? Lightning is a discharge of the electricity produced by a thunderstorm. As the thunderstorm develops, many small particles of ice within the storm clouds bump together. These collisions create a positive charge at the top of a cloud and a negative charge at the bottom. As this continues a second positive charge builds up on the ground beneath the cloud, concentrated around high objects such as hills, trees, buildings, equipment and even people.

Loggers can increase their chances of avoiding a lightning strike by following a few simple safety practices.

1. Designate a member of your crew to

When the difference between the electrical charge in the cloud and on the ground becomes great enough to overcome the resistance of the insulating air between them, an electrical current flows instantly. This is a lightning strike.

•

Monitor daily weather forecasts

•

Observe local weather conditions

•

Alert all other members of the crew when a possible lightning threat develops.

2. Don’t start or continue any work that cannot be stopped immediately, when a storm moves nearby.

The electrical potential in a lightning strike can be as much as 100 million volts. Lightning strikes can occur over very large distances, even as much as 60 km (37 mi). Lightning travels both in front of and behind a thunderstorm and thus, strikes occur even when rain has not started or has stopped.

Lightning can hit in the same place, many times and often spreads out over 18 m (60 ft) within the soil around the strike point.

3. Anticipate a high-risk situation and take action early by moving to a low-risk location. Do not hesitate. If there is lightning, you are in danger.

4. Obey the rule - If you see lightning, Flee. If you hear thunder, Clear.

5. Do not follow the now obsolete guideline to take shelter when the time between seeing lightning and hearing thunder is 30 seconds or less. This does not provide sufficient time to ensure safety. Always follow step 4.

Thunder always accompanies lightning. When lightning occurs, the air through which it travels is instantaneously heated to a temperature more than 28,000°C (50,000°F). The air expands rapidly due to this heating, then quickly contracts as it cools. It is this contracting shock wave that we hear as thunder.

6. Remain in your safe location for 30 minutes after the last sight of lightning or the last sound of thunder.

In many areas of the world, lightning strikes are second only to flooding as the greatest cause of storm related deaths and injuries. Although only 10% of lightning strike victims are killed, virtually all from cardiac or respiratory arrest, over 70% of those that survive suffer severe, life-long injury and disability. The symptoms of a lightning strike include memory loss, fatigue, chronic pain, dizziness, sleeping difficulty and the inability to complete several tasks at one time.

The safest location during lightning activity is inside a fully enclosed, substantially constructed building, a house, office, school, shopping area, etc. These are the safest because of the electrical wiring and plumbing that they contain. Should lightning strike, the electrical current will travel through the wiring or plumbing into the ground.

When such a building is nearby, always seek shelter there first.

1.22

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

WHAT TO DO IF YOU ARE OUTSIDE AND SEE LIGHTNING OR HEAR THUNDER.

LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS continued

If you can, get inside.

1. Run to the nearest building, motor vehicle or fully enclosed ROPS equipment cab immediately. Being anywhere outside is not safe.

Unfortunately loggers do not often work close to buildings and therefore other alternatives need to be considered.

Sheds, weather shelters, hunting blinds, tents and other partially open or small structures are not safe against lightning strikes as they lack the electrically grounded components of larger buildings. They are intended for sun or rain protection only. Do not seek shelter from lightning strikes inside these structures.

2. If inside a building:

The second safest location during lightning activity is inside a fully enclosed car, van, truck or bus with a metal roof and metal sides. The electrical energy of a lightning strike to these vehicles is carried to ground by the conducting outer metal surfaces. This is called the skin effect.

•

Don’t watch the lightning storm from open windows or doorways. Stay in inner rooms.

•

Stay well away from corded telephones, electrical appliances, lighting fixtures, radio microphones, electrical sockets and plumbing pipes and fixtures.

3. If inside a motor vehicle or fully enclosed ROPS equipment cab: •

Under no circumstances whatsoever step outside of the vehicle or off the equipment to move to another shelter. Very dangerous electrical pathways to ground may go through you.

Heavy forestry equipment such as a skidder, loader, feller buncher, forwarder, etc., with a fully enclosed rollover protective structure (ROPS) cab take advantage of the skin effect and are therefore safe in electrical storms.

•

Shut down all operation, turn off the engine, close all doors and raise all windows.

•

Sit squarely in the seat with your hands in your lap and your feet flat on the floor mat.

However, machines with a rollover canopy only, are not safe against lightning strikes as they are open to electrically conductive rainwater and do not benefit from the skin effect. Operators of this equipment must abandon their machines and get to a safer location before lightning strikes.

•

Do not touch any metallic objects referenced to the outside of the vehicle.

Do not touch any door and window handles, control levers, foot pedals, steering wheels, cab interior walls and any other inside to outside metal objects.

Note that the rubber tires on motor vehicles and heavy equipment do not increase safety from lightning strikes. Lightning has already travelled a great distance through the air to strike the vehicle.

In comparison a few inches of rubber in a tire offers absolutely no additional insulation.

•

Do not touch any radio or telephone connected to an outside antenna.

Do not seek safety from lightning strikes in vehicles with fiberglass or plastic body shells or in convertible top vehicles. None of these are safe, as they do not offer skin effect lightning protection.

1.23

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher What to do if you feel your skin tingling, your hair stands on end, light metal objects vibrate or you hear a crackling sound.

LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS continued

1. Lightning is probably about to strike. You only have a few seconds to act.

If you are caught outside and have no where else to go.

2. Put your feet together. Crouch down like in a baseball catcher’s position. Hold your head down. Cover your ears to protect them against the noise of the thunder.

1. Avoid wide-open areas where you project above the surrounding landscape.

2. Seek shelter in a low place, such as a ditch, ravine, valley, canyon or cave.

3. Do not lie flat on the ground. By touching as little of the ground as possible, the lightning may not move across the ground to you.

3. Get away from open water such as ponds or streams.

What to do if a co-worker has been struck by lightning.

4. Do not take shelter under any isolated tall trees or small groups of trees.

1. The victim does not carry any electrical charge. There is no danger to anyone helping this person. You can touch him or her immediately.

5. Seek shelter amongst the dense, thick growth of the shortest trees.

6. Avoid entering any small enclosures or shelters.

2. Call your local emergency response telephone number immediately.

7. Do not seek shelter under any motor vehicle or heavy equipment.

3. If the victim has no pulse, their heart has stopped or they have stopped breathing, start cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) or mouth –to-mouth resuscitation immediately.

Use a portable defibrillator if one is available.

8. Keep clear of any materials that can conduct electricity such as wire fences and gates, metal pipes, poles, rails and tools.

9. Stay at least 15 m (50 ft) away from metal objects such as a fuel tank, a vehicle or machinery without a cab, motorcycle, ATV, etc.

4. Be careful about staying in the storm to take care of the victim. You can also be hit by lightning. If you can, move the victim to a building as soon as possible.

10. Stay at least 5 m (16 ft) apart from any other members of a group so that lightning won’t travel between you.

To further increase your awareness about lightning safety, see the following web sites.

11. Do not use the telephone except for emergencies.

National Weather Service Lightning Safety http://www.lightningsafety.noaa.gov National Lightning Safety Institute http://www.lightningsafety.com

1.24

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

4. Clean out all accumulated forest debris (twigs, pine needles, branches, bark, leaves, saw dust, small wood chips) and any other combustible materials from inside the machine belly pans or lower machine structures as well as from areas in proximity to the engine, fuel and hydraulic oil systems no less frequently than at the completion of each work shift.

FIRE PREVENTION

5. Inspect the machine regularly for any signs of diesel fuel or hydraulic system leakage.

Check for worn or eroded fuel or hydraulic lines before starting any equipment.

When working in a forest environment, it is impossible to prevent combustible debris from collecting in tight corners of the machine. This debris, in itself, may cause a fire; however, when mixed with fuel, oil or grease in a hot or confined place, the danger of fire is greatly increased.

The following fire prevention guidelines should be used to supplement fire prevention efforts. In no case should the guidelines be used, or assumed, as replacements for diligent operator efforts at preventing fires.

The following guidelines will help to keep your equipment up and running efficiently and keep the risk of fire to a minimum.

1. Maintain a CHARGED fire extinguisher on the machine at all times and KNOW HOW TO USE IT. 2. Remove debris and blow out dust regularly from the air intake doors, engine radiator and charge air cooler, hydraulic oil cooler, diesel fuel cooler and air conditioning condenser core to prevent overheating of the engine and hydraulics and to maintain efficient operation of the machine. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER AND RADIATOR in SECTION 2 of the THIS MANUAL. 3. Blow off all forest debris and fine organic material accumulated near hot engine exhaust components (turbocharger and exhaust manifold as well as exhaust pipes and muffler) at the completion of each work shift or more frequently when working in logging conditions where large amounts of combustible forest debris are present. It is vital to conduct a visual inspection after blow off to ensure thorough cleanliness.

Engine exhaust systems provide numerous small pockets where saw dust, small wood chips and other flammable forest debris can gather. Even small accumulations close to hot exhaust components can ignite and smolder.

If dislodged this smoldering debris can fall into other areas of the machine and thereby spread a fire.

6. Clean up any grease, diesel fuel, hydraulic and lubricating oil accumulation and spillage immediately.

7. Steam clean the engine, hydraulic pumps, transmission, brake, fuel and hydraulic tank compartments and all machine belly pans at least once a month or more frequently when working in logging conditions where large amounts of combustible forest debris are present.

8. Use only non-flammable solutions for cleaning the machine and components.

9. Inspect the exhaust system daily for any signs of leakage. Check for worn, cracked, broken or damaged pipes or muffler.

Also check for missing or damaged bolts or clamps. Should any exhaust leaks or defective parts be found, repairs must be made immediately. Engine exhaust leaks can cause fires. Do not operate the machine until the exhaust leak is repaired.

10. During daily operation of the machine, the occurrence of exhaust leaks are usually accompanied by a change or increase in engine exhaust noise levels. These audible warnings cannot be ignored. Should any exhaust leaks occur during operation, the machine must be shut down immediately and not put back to work until the necessary repairs have been completed.

11. Park the machine at least 15 m (50 ft) away from other equipment at the end of each shift.

12. Never leave the machine parked with the boom, arch or blade suspended off the ground. Should their supporting hydraulic hoses burn through during a fire, pressurized hydraulic oil may be injected into the fire and the boom, arch or blade will fall rapidly to the ground.

1.25

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher 17. AFTER transporting (trucking) a machine from one job site to the next, open all doors and access panels and blow off any debris that may have repositioned itself onto the engine and exhaust parts due to wind turbulence caused by the journey.

FIRE PREVENTION continued 13. Turn the battery disconnect switch to OFF at shut down to de-energize all electrical circuits.

18. Before starting repair work, such as welding, the surrounding area should be cleaned and a fire extinguisher should be close by.

14. Remain with the machine for at least 45 minutes at the end of operations while the machine cools.

19. Store rags and other combustible materials in a safe, fireproof location.

20. Do not use the machine on top of or to push piles of burning timber. A machine fire will most probably result.

EQUIPMENT FIRES ADVERSELY AFFECT YOUR ABILITY TO LOG, MAY DRAMATICALLY INCREASE YOUR INSURANCE PREMIUMS OR PREVENT YOU FROM OBTAINING INSURANCE COVERAGE AT ALL. WHAT TO DO TO PREPARE FOR A MACHINE FIRE •

Prevent the fire from happening in the first place by ensuring that all machine systems are frequently inspected and always well maintained.

•

Ensure that any hand held fire extinguishers are charged and in working order. Fire extinguishers require routine care. Follow manufacturer instructions for inspection and maintenance shown on the label of the fire extinguisher and in the extinguisher manual provided by the manufacturer.

•

Ensure that any pressurized water systems on the machine (if applicable) are charged and in working order. Refer to PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

•

Ensure that you have the proper fire extinguishers on site. Most fires involving mobile forestry equipment will be Class A or B. Dry chemical extinguishers should be rated ABC and pressurized water extinguishers should be rated A.

15. Remove all keys, lock the equipment and fuel cap at the end of operations to reduce the risk of vandalism.

Class A fires involve ordinary combustibles such as wood, cloth, paper, rubber and many plastics, Class B fires occur with flammable liquids such as diesel fuel, oil and grease and Class C fires apply to energized electrical equipment.

16. Be cautious when smoking. An open flame, a lit cigarette, etc., should not be permitted around any vehicle, especially during fuelling operations or when the fuel system is open to the atmosphere or when servicing batteries.

1.26

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher WHAT TO DO WHEN A MACHINE FIRE OCCURS

FIRE PREVENTION continued •

•

•

• •

•

•

•

Make sure that the nozzle of any hand held extinguisher and pressurized water system available on the machine and at the work site fits within the fire extinguisher access holes in the doors of the machine.

Ensure that your fire detection system* is in working order. Refer to FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. Ensure that your fire suppression system** is charged and in working order. Refer to FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. Make sure that you are familiar with the recommended procedures for fire contained in the emergency action plan of your company.

Ensure that all national, state/provincial and local regulations dealing with fire fighting in effect in your specific geographic region are followed. Regulations will vary from region to region but most will usually require that: 1. Workers assigned to fire fighting duties must be physically capable of performing them safely and effectively.

2. Workers designated to use fire fighting equipment as part of an emergency action plan must receive full and proper training from a qualified instructor.

3. Whenever portable fire extinguishers are provided for use in the workplace, training must be provided to familiarize workers with the general principles of fire extinguisher use and the hazards involved with fire fighting.

4. Training must be provided upon initial employment and at least annually thereafter.

Make sure that after you have received the training as outlined above, that you know how to use the fire extinguisher, the pressurized water system (if applicable) and the fire suppression system** on your machine.

There is not enough time available to read instructions during a fire emergency.

Make sure that all information necessary for you to immediately contact all sources of help (local fire department, etc.) in the event of a fire emergency is recorded and readily available at all times.

If you are operating the machine when a fire occurs: 1. Lower all working attachments to the ground.

2. Shut the engine off.

••

860-029

RED FIRE BUTTON

FIRE SUPPRESSION CONTROLS

3. Activate the fire suppression system**.

4. Radio or call for help. Be certain to report a fire immediately.

5. Exit the machine taking the fire extinguisher and pressurized water system hose (if applicable) with you.

6. At all times you must ensure your own personal safety and the safety of anyone that may be in the area. Approach any fire with extreme caution. All fires can be very dangerous and life threatening.

7. Only if you can safely do so, turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

•

Before deciding to fight the fire, be certain that: 1. The fire is small and not rapidly spreading.

2. There is always a clear, safe escape route to your back.

3. You have received training in the use of the available fire extinguishing systems and are confident that you can operate them effectively.

*NOTE: Fire detection systems are offered by Tigercat as an optional installation on some Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire detection systems if not installed on your machine. **NOTE: Dry chemical fire suppression systems are offered by Tigercat as an optional installation on some Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire suppression systems if not installed on your machine.

1.27

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher •

FIRE PREVENTION continued •

4. If in any doubt about whether or not to fight the fire – DON’T. Instead, stand well clear of the fire and wait for help to arrive.

•

5. Be aware that engine coolant, diesel fuel or hydraulic hoses could fail during a fire.

If this happens, hot coolant, fuel or oil could possibly be ignited by the fire.

•

6. If possible a dry chemical fire extinguisher or fire suppression system** should be used first to fight a machine fire.

Then, immediately afterwards, use the pressurized water hose supplied with the machine (if applicable) or a pressurized water extinguisher (if available). A fire suppressed by dry chemical may re-ignite from the heat retained by any debris or hot machine components in the area.

The water will cool the area, reducing the chances of re-ignition.

•

• •

Pull the pin at the top of the extinguisher that keeps the handle from being pressed.

Break the plastic seal as the pin is pulled.

•

Aim the nozzle at the base of the fire. Do not aim the nozzle at the flames. In order to put out the fire, you must extinguish the fuel, not the flames. Hose nozzles are often clipped to the extinguisher body.

Release the hose before taking aim.

•

Place the nozzle of the fire extinguisher into the appropriate fire extinguisher access hole and discharge the extinguisher.

Only if you can safely do so, open the access panels to the machine in the area of the fire.

Failing all attempts to access the machine compartment, discharge the extinguisher through the mesh or any available openings on the machine.

Make sure that the machine and all components have cooled down sufficiently after a fire so that re-ignition does not occur.

Remain with the machine until help arrives.

WHAT TO DO AFTER A MACHINE FIRE HAS OCCURRED •

Before returning the machine to work: 1. Make sure that the cause of the fire is determined and all appropriate repairs are completed.

Use the PASS method. This is the most effective use of a fire extinguisher.

•

Sweep from side to side at the base of the fire until the fire is completely out or the fire extinguisher is empty

2. Ensure that the fire detection system* or the fire suppression system** is properly serviced and in working order (if applicable).

3. Ensure that all extinguishers used in fighting the fire are replaced or recharged.

•

Notify your equipment dealer and/or Tigercat Industries Inc. by completing an incident report, Tigercat form number 5101.

*NOTE: Fire detection systems are offered by Tigercat as an optional installation on some Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire detection systems if not installed on your machine.

Squeeze the handle to release the pressurized extinguishing agent. The handle can be released at any time to stop the discharge.

**NOTE: Dry chemical fire suppression systems are offered by Tigercat as an optional installation on some Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire suppression systems if not installed on your machine.

20229A

TYPICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE 1.28

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Cleaning of electrical contacts should be done using an electrical contact cleaner that has no flash or fire point and is noncorrosive and non-conductive such as CRC Contact Cleaner 2000.

FIRE PREVENTION continued DRY CHEMICAL CLEANUP PROCEDURES

3. In areas exposed to heat during the fire, the dry chemical powder will melt forming a coating that cakes or crusts on all surfaces.

Both ABC dry chemical fire extinguishers and fire suppression systems discharge a chemical powder to extinguish the fire. The chemical makeup and the small particle size of the powder as well as the force of the discharge all contribute to the fire fighting capability. These same characteristics also permit the powder to penetrate into and fully cover all components in the vicinity of the discharge.

To break down the caked dry chemical, spray or wash these areas with a 50/50 mixture of hot water and isopropyl alcohol. Allow this mixture to stand in place for several minutes.

The caked dry chemical when exposed to moisture is also mildly acidic. Therefore when the break down procedure has been completed, follow this immediately with the neutralizing procedure as described in step 2

The following are recommendations for the cleanup and neutralizing of areas exposed to dry chemical powder.

Workers performing this work should wear protective clothing, safety goggles and a fine particle dust mask to minimize their personal exposure to the dry chemical powder.

.

Ensure that all electrical systems have been completely de-energized prior to any cleanup.

1. In areas of the machine that remained cool and dry during the fire, the dry chemical will stay in powder form.

Be certain to clean these areas immediately to prevent any settled residual powder from coming into contact with moisture whether through direct contact or humidity in the air.

Remove the powder residue by blowing off with air, sweeping, dusting or vacuuming using a HEPA filter capable of trapping the small dry chemical particles. Then wipe all surfaces with a damp cloth.

2. In areas exposed to moisture, the dry chemical powder will combine with water to form a paste that is mildly acidic.

NOTE: All surfaces covered by this dry chemical paste including electrical contacts are vulnerable to corrosive attack.

To neutralize the acidic paste on large surfaces, spray or wash these areas with a mixture of three parts hot water to one part baking soda. Allow this mixture to stand for several minutes before rinsing with warm water. Wash the area with a mild soap and water solution. Rinse thoroughly with water.

Blow-dry to remove all residual water.

1.29

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher CRUSH HAZARD

SAFETY LABELS SAFETY LABELS The following safety labels must be periodically cleaned and inspected to ensure legibility is maintained. Replace any label that becomes illegible, damaged or removed.

OPERATOR'S MANUAL LOCATION This label indicates the storage location of the operator's manual.This label is located on the outside of the operator's manual case inside the cab.

CRUSH HAZARD

This label warns of the CRUSH HAZARD caused by the boom when it is not properly supported.

The label also warns that the machine can be switched to ER and Non ER boom operation and that the boom and load will move when the switch between ER and Non ER operation is made.

This label warns of the CRUSH HAZARD caused by the engine enclosure roof.

Be sure that all personnel are clear when opening and closing the engine enclosure roof. Operating the engine enclosure roof with personel in the crush zone COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY!

Never work under or near an unsupported boom or attachment. Contact with a falling boom COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY!

Keep all personnel clear of the machine before operating the engine enclosure roof pump.

Always lower the boom to the ground so that the weight of the boom and attachment is resting on the ground. Properly support and brace boom and shut off engine before performing service work.

1.30

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher CHECK DAILY

SAFETY LABELS FIRE PREVENTION!

This label is installed in the cab. In addition to the previous label it is a reminder to check the machine daily for the possibility of debris build-up, leaks, damaged wires and hoses and take the necessary action required to clean up any debris accumulation, repair any leaks, damaged wires or hoses.

The label also advises to check and ensure that all fire fighting devices are in good working order.

This label advises operator's of the following: READ UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW THE FIRE PREVENTION GUIDELINES IN THIS MANUAL. These guidelines provide all the necessary action required to preventing fires on this machine. DO NOT OPERATE THIS MACHINE until you have read these instructions and have performed any necessary maintenance required that will prevent the potential of a fire from starting on this machine.

FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE

It is also important to note that fire prevention inspections and maintenance MUST BE PERFORMED FREQUENTLY (several times per day). A clean combustible free machine as well as frequent inspections of the exhaust components, hydraulic hoses and electrical cables and performing any necessary repairs immediately will help prevent fires.

This label indicates the location of each FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE. The label is installed on each fire extinguisher hole on the engine door, pump compartment door and L.H. service door.

Maintain a CHARGED fire extinguisher on the machine at all times, know where it is and KNOW HOW TO USE IT!

1.31

Safety

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

1.32

USING HIGH-SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY............................................... APPENDIX TO SECTION 1

DANGER USING HIGH-SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY This information is intended to encourage logging organizations and operators to develop and practice additional rules that suit particular terrain conditions and job requirements. It is also intended to assist towards a quicker understanding of how and why things can happen when a high speed disc saw is in use; and hence to assist in development of safe operating practices.

The following information is in addition to any safety instructions or recommended safe operating practices that may already be in circulation.

CONTENTS COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS DIRECTION OF THROW.......................................................... 7 HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION ABILITY.............................. 8 RECOGNIZING THE DANGERS.............................................. 7 THROWING LONG WOOD PIECES...................................... 10 DANGERS.................................................................................... 3 FORWARD................................................................................... 2 BE AWARE OF THE HAZARDS............................................... 2 OTHER INSTRUCTIONS......................................................... 3 SAFE PRACTICES................................................................... 3 SEVERAL TYPES OF HEADS INVOLVED.............................. 2 STORED ENERGY................................................................... 2 HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION CAPABILITY.......................... 9 SAW HEAD DON'TS.................................................................. 15 TYPE OF HOUSING MAKES A DIFFERENCE............................ 4

Tigercat

5211A • R2-1101

PAGE 1 OF 16

®

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely FORWARD:

Tigercat

®

Several types of heads involved Tigercat wheel type feller-bunchers and crawler feller-bunchers can be supplied with several optional makes and models of high speed disc saw tree felling heads. Because each has certain advantages and disadvantages they are chosen where they best do specific types of work.

Stored energy The saw blade stores energy from the hydraulic motor during the times between tree cuts so that it can supply up to 1000 hp during a 1 sec tree cut. However this rotational energy, if misapplied can result in wood materials or other objects being thrown strongly enough to cause damage and to hurt people.

Be aware of the hazards It is important that users of machines with disc saw felling heads are aware of certain safety precautions that need to be taken. In this section some previously unknown, unexpected safety hazards are illustrated and explained . These should be studied before use of the machinery and then reviewed again after use has begun.

FIGURE 1: BROADSIDE SAW CONTACT WITH A LOG COULD PRODUCE A THROW

FIGURE 2: A SUDDEN MACHINE MOVEMENT MAY 2 THROW AT THE CAB CAUSE AN UNEXPECTED

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

®

Safe practices It is understood and expected that logging organizations and operators will develop and practice additional rules that suit (for example) particular conditions of terrain, trees, soil and job requirements. The information given here is intended to assist towards a quicker understanding of how and why things can happen when a high speed disc saw is in use; and hence to assist in development of safe operating practices.

It should not be assumed that all possible dangers have been discovered and described here.

Other instructions It is also understood and expected that all instructions contained in service and operator's manuals for use and maintenance of Tigercat disc saw heads and other disc saw heads installed on Tigercat machines will be followed.

THE DANGERS

There are at least these means by which a rotating disc saw can cause harm by throwing: • The normal throwing of chips from the cut.

• Soil particles are thrown from the ground.

• Loose chunks of wood encountered or produced are tossed by the exposed blade.

• Sticks and debris falling onto the blade or sliding across the blade are struck by the teeth and thrown.

• Metal pieces from the blade or from objects encountered are thrown.

• Wood pieces enter the saw housing and are expelled by the blade.

• In very peculiar cases the saw can throw long lengths of wood as spears.

3

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

®

TYPE OF HOUSING MAKES A DIFFERENCE Since the configuration of the saw housing can affect the safety of its use we need to identify some particular types of housing shapes and guarding being used.

Figure 3 shows a typical commonly used saw housing plan where there is a continuous skirt around the saw except at a mouth opening where the trees are cut and taken. The skirt extends below the saw enough to intercept tangential throw. There are snouts on both sides of the mouth so that if pushed against the side of a felled tree or log the saw teeth will not contact the wood.

THROW ANGLE

IF A SAW HEAD IS PUSHED AGAINST THE SIDE OF A FELLED TREE, SNOUTS PREVENT SAW TEETH FROM CONTACTING WOOD.

FIGURE 3: TYPICAL COMMONLY USED SAW HOUSING, CONTINUOUS SKIRT WITH OPENING WHERE TREES ARE CUT. SNOUTS ON BOTH SIDES OF THE MOUTH.

4

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

®

Figure 4 shows another commonly used plan. It has no blade guarding snouts so that the saw blade teeth do protrude ahead of the housing. This may be preferred over figures 3 and 5 for dexterity in tree getting.

THROW ANGLE

IF A SAW HEAD WITHOUT SNOUTS IS PUSHED AGAINST THE SIDE OF A FELLED TREE, SAW TEETH WILL CONTACT WOOD.

FIGURE 4: ANOTHER COMMONLY USED HOUSING PLAN WITH NO SNOUTS, BLADE TEETH PROTRUDE AHEAD OF THE HOUSING.

In figure 5 there is a much longer snout on the ingoing side of the mouth, i.e., where the teeth of the rotating blade are entering the housing. The broad side of a log, if nudged, will not contact the saw teeth and more thrown material will be intercepted by the extra length of snout.

THROW ANGLE

NUDGED LOG WILL NOT CONTACT SAW TEETH. EXTRA LENGTH OF SNOUT WILL INTERCEPT PORTION OF THROWN MATERIAL.

FIGURE 5: HOUSING USES LONGER SNOUT ON IN-GOING SIDE OF MOUTH WHERE ROTATING BLADE ENTERS HOUSING.

5

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely Housing types cont.

Tigercat

®

In figure 6a and 6b there is an additional opening in the housing skirt. Openings in this location are sometimes provided for escape of wood chips produced by the saw teeth in the cut and being taken into the housing.

A CHIP ESCAPE PORT CAN ALLOW THROW BEHIND THE MACHINE

REAR

FRONT

FIGURE 6a

FIGURE 6b

FIGURE 6c

FIGURE 6: ADDITIONAL OPENING IN THE HOUSING SKIRT.

In figure 6c a guard has been added to the chip escape port so that tangential travel of chips and other material is intercepted as soon as it leaves the housing.

Each figure shows a shaded area where normally tangentially thrown material can escape from the saw housing. Deflected and dropped chips escaping below the bottom edge of the housing skirt are not included. The areas and angles are not exact but do show that one head can be different from another.

It is important that the operator familiarize himself with the blade rotation direction, the effectiveness of any snout on the in-going side and which direction any chip escape ports allow material to fly.

6

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

®

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS

Recognizing the Dangers While it may appear that these illustrated danger areas can be visually recognized on the job by observing how far chips fly during a cut, that is only true for chips and other light weight materials.

Metal parts and wooden spears can be thrown to surprisingly greater distances. Even distant personnel on the ground, in other vehicles, or in buildings are at risk if the throw is in their direction.

Direction of throw The direction of possible tangential throw for metal parts and stones is dependent on the housing configuration and might be expected to be the same as observed for the chips. However, these throws can occur at any time the saw is running, in whichever direction the angle of throw is pointed by boom geometry, not just when a cut is being made.

Throw distance The throw distance for metal pieces and stones, can be many times the distance shown by the pattern for chips. More testing and data collection is needed to pin down a “safe distance” but if someone or something is in a place that can be seen by the operator and in the throw direction of a high speed disc saw, then the operation is not safe regardless of the distance.

Safe operating areas These saw heads must not be used in areas where the logging operation does not have control over the presence and movement of people. In particular, clearing of vegetation in urban and populated areas should not be done with a Tigercat manufactured or supplied high speed disc saw. High speed disc saw heads are intended for high productivity wood harvesting in areas remote from normal habitation. The possible presence of people and property within throw range and the likelihood of encountering scrap metal, wire fencing, steel posts and concrete must be respected.

Assessing the potential dangers on the job site The extent of danger from high speed disc saws on the logging operation has to be assessed on the job site, depending on how much other work activity is in the area and whether the operator can do his job of cutting and bunching with good control of throw patterns. Danger is greater if the saw is equipped with detachable, or fragile, or brittle teeth, or if the site contains stones or abandoned metal.

7

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

®

Regular maintenance Poor saw maintenance increases these dangers. Some designs that might allow fasteners to wear thin or fatigue and suddenly break, need thorough timely replacement procedures. It is important that the warning signs of missing saw tooth parts or the sounds of striking rocks be heeded and the operation adjusted to avoid danger.

High angle wrist rotation ability When a felling machine is equipped with a high speed disc saw head with a high angle wrist rotation ability it should be determined that the limits of the boom, stick, tilt, wrist, upper leveling and any other freedoms, do not permit a direct throw at the operators cab during normal operation, see figure 7a. It is probably essential that the housing have a long snout on the throw side and that if a chip escape port is used it should be guarded.

With these high mechanical freedom arrangements there is a chance that an unforeseeable operator misadventure or equipment failure could result in an accidental direct or deflected throw at the operators cab, refer to figure 2 and 7b. The cab should be capable of resisting such accidental and ricochet throws. The velocity energy of metal or rock pieces leaving the blade is extremely high. The operators cab cannot be considered safe to routinely operate in the chip throw area, even if it has been especially constructed to prevent penetration by accidentally thrown objects.

8

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

®

FELLING HEAD • WITH A CHIP ESCAPE PORT AND SHORT SNOUT. • SHOWN IN A HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION POSITION, PLACING OPERATOR'S CAB IN DIRECT LINE WITH UNGUARDED CHIP ESCAPE PORT

FIGURE 7a

PLAN VIEW OF MACHINE SHOWING CLOCKWISE AND COUNTERCLOCKWISE BLADE ROTATION

FIGURE 7b FELLING HEAD • WITH LONGER SNOUT ON THROW SIDE OF OPENING AND WITH A GUARDED CHIP ESCAPE PORT.

FIGURE 7: DISC SAW FELLING HEAD WITH HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION CAPABILITY

9

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

Throwing long wood pieces Dangers from throws of long wood pieces are illustrated in figures 8 to 11. Tests and experience have shown that when a high speed rotating saw is applied to a loose piece of wood, the wood is either blown or pushed away, without a throw. If the wood is held firmly in all directions and the saw advanced into it at any feed speed, cutting will take place. If the wood is only held against escape from the saw radially, but not held tangentially, then the wood will be both partly cut and partly moved tangentially. In this last case tests have shown that if the piece of wood is backed-up by a solid slippery surface; and if the feed in is very fast; and if the piece of wood is long enough; then the tangential movement is a dangerous spear-like throw.

A SLAB, WHICH COULD LATER BE THROWN, MIGHT HAPPEN WHEN NOT ENOUGH ROOM IN HEAD TO COMPLETELY CUT THE LAST TREE

SLAB

SLAB

N

I ED

FE

FIGURE 8a: HOW A SLAB CAN BE THROWN FROM THE SIDE OF A LOG

TH DIR ROW EC TIO N

SAW HOUSING HAS SKIS, BUT WITHOUT SNOUTS AND BLADE TEETH PROTRUDE AHEAD OF THE HOUSING.

FIGURE 8

THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO SLAB/LOG

®

SLAB

LOG A LONG THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE CAN CAUSE A DANGEROUS SPEAR THROW

FIGURE 8b SIDE VIEW

FEED IN

IF THE SIDE OF A LOG CAN CONTACT THE SAW, THE THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE CAN BE LONG

10

FIGURE 8c TOP VIEW

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

®

Comments and Instructions cont.

Figures 8 and 9 show two ways that this might happen in the woods if using the saw head of figure 4 (where the throw contact can be long). A slab, still partly attached to a well backed-up tree bole and wet with sap, makes an ideally bad throw situation which could unintentionally occur in woods work. A small log in a pile of other logs might also be propelled out with enough length of continued contact to reach near saw tip speed.

A SMALL LOG IN A PILE OF OTHER LOGS MIGHT ALSO BE PROPELLED OUT WITH ENOUGH LENGTH OF CONTINUED CONTACT WITH THE BLADE TO REACH NEAR SAW TIP SPEED.

ED

FE

IN

FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO LOG PILE

FIGURE 9a: HOW A LOG CAN BE THROWN LIKE A SPEAR

SAW HOUSING WITHOUT SNOUTS AND BLADE TEETH PROTRUDE AHEAD OF THE HOUSING. THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE

SMALL LOG LOG PILE FEED IN

A SAW HOUSING WITHOUT SNOUTS ALLOWS A LONG THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE

FIGURE 9b SIDE VIEW

FIGURE 9c TOP VIEW

IF THE SIDE OF A LOG CAN CONTACT THE SAW, THE THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE CAN BE LONG

FEED IN

11

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

®

Figure 10 shows how a head with snouts does not allow a long throw contact. Although tests show that a short contact length on a long log or tree butt does not result in a spear like throw, this action should nevertheless be avoided because abnormally large chips are sometimes produced and thrown.

UNCUT TREE OR STUMP BACKUP

THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE

WHEN ONLY THE END OF A LOG CAN MAKE CONTACT WITH THE SAW, THERE IS NOT MUCH THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE

FIGURE 10: FELLING HEAD HOUSING WITH SNOUTS DOES NOT ALLOW A LONG THROW CONTACT

FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO LOG

Figure 11 warns that blocks of wood can be tossed in any direction when improvising with a disc saw to trim over-size stumps. A long snout and a slow feed speed lessen danger during stump trimming.

A similar danger of throw may exist when clearing small brush with multiple pass cuts.

FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO STUMP (FEED SPEED)

FIGURE 11: A BLOCK OF WOOD CAN BE TOSSED WHEN TRIMMING STUMPS

12

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

®

Comments and Instructions cont.

Saw blade throw gap Saw blades have gaps between adjacent teeth and holders to permit installation and removal of the teeth and to provide spaces to accumulate chips in the cut, see figure 12. Fallen sticks and debris or sticks and debris sliding across the saw blade can enter these gaps when the blade is rotating and be struck by the teeth and be tossed or thrown. Larger gaps and lower rotation speeds increase these dangers.

THROW GAP

FIGURE 12: SAW BLADE THROW GAP

13

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

®

Saw housing entrance and exit space To avoid the ingestion of materials into the housing space above the disc (and later ejection) the ingoing entrance for the saw rim of teeth is kept as small as practical. It is important that this high wear area be maintained at its original size and shape. The outgoing opening is large enough to allow the housing to clean itself and will allow most things inside to be thrown out, see figure 13. Its throw direction and angle must be respected. A long snout on the other side reduces this danger.

THE INGOING ENTRANCE OF THE HOUSING FOR THE SAW RIM OF TEETH SHOULD BE SMALL

THE OUTGOING OPENING IS LARGER TO ALLOW THE HOUSING TO CLEAN ITSELF AND WILL ALLOW MOST THINGS INSIDE TO BE THROWN OUT

FIGURE 13: SAW BLADE ENTRANCE AND EXIT SPACE

14

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

®

Comments and Instructions cont.

This information is offered by Tigercat as part of interim action to make saw heads safer. It is based on what has recently been reported from the field and on tests conducted on proving grounds. Tigercat is continuing to do design and testing of tree felling machinery towards achieving greater safety in the woods. Tigercat would be thankful for written reports describing any unsafe happenings, including near misses, in the use of felling heads and their carriers.

The following are some “SAW HEAD DON’TS” that apply particularly to throw prevention.

Do not point the throw of a disc saw head in a direction towards people, vehicles or buildings at any visible distance.

Do not operate in a way that throws chips in a direct-line at the machine cab.

Do not push hard with the saw against anything except a standing tree to be cut.

Do not mix new sharp teeth with old dull teeth on the same saw.

Do not change the blade rotation from its designed direction in the head.

Do not over speed the blade rpm.

Do not remove or shorten snouts provided by the head manufacturer or installer.

Do not neglect tooth fastening inspection, maintenance and replacement.

Do not neglect to repair worn or damaged saw housings.

Do not neglect to replace any covers removed for service or clean out.

Do not count on skis to give the throw protection that snouts do.

Do not nudge loose short pieces with the front of any type of head.

Do not nudge anything, even long logs, with the front of a head which has no snouts.

Do not cut short small stalks when blade speed is low.

Do not operate a high speed disc saw in a populated area.

Do not assume that visitors and other workers are aware of disc saw dangers.

Do not assume that the operator will spare you, a visitor, from danger.

Do not select and operate heads that throw rearward.

Do not select and operate heads with unnecessarily wide throw angles.

Do not neglect to read and follow all instructions provided by the saw and head manufacturers.

15

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

16

®

CONTROLS AND OPERATION .............................................................................................................2

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher SECTION 2 - CONTROLS AND OPERATION JANUARY 2015 Read and understand this entire manual including the SAFETY SECTION prior to operating this equipment. Read and understand all manuals for any attachments or accessories associated with this machine.

CONTENTS - SECTION 2 A

ACCUMULATING ARMS CONTROL, JOYSTICK ...............................................................2.10, 2.11, 2.12 ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE DESCRIPTION ........................................................................ 2.12 ACCUMULATION MODES AUTOMATIC ACCUMULATION MODE .......................................................................................... 2.13 SIMULTANEOUS ACCUMULATION MODE ................................................................................... 2.13 STANDARD ACCUMULATION MODE ............................................................................................ 2.12 INFORMATION MESSAGES .................................................................................................... 2.63, 2.64 MODE SELECTION SWITCH ............................................................................................................. 2.12 AIR CONDITIONER/HEATER CONTROLS ........................................................................................... 2.29 AIR INTAKE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE UNLOADER VALVE ............................................................................................................................ 2.88 AM/FM STEREO CD .............................................................................................................................. 2.38 ANTI-STALL - SWITCH WITH LIGHT .................................................................................................... 2.27 ATTACHMENT ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE ............................................................. 2.71 AUXILIARY POWER OUTLET ............................................................................................................... 2.31 B

BATTERY BOOSTER JUMPER PLUG .................................................................................................. 2.18 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH ....................................................................................................... 2.25 BOOM CONTROLS BOOM, FORWARD/BACK ........................................................................................................ 2.10, 2.11 BOOM, UP/DOWN .................................................................................................................... 2.10, 2.11 TILT FUNCTION, FELLING HEAD ........................................................................................... 2.10, 2.11 BOTTOM FUELING SYSTEM ................................................................................................................ 2.83 C

CARE OF THE MACHINE .................................................................................................................... 2.103 CASE DRAIN STRAINERS .................................................................................................................... 2.86 CIGARETTE LIGHTER .......................................................................................................................... 2.31 CLAMP ARMS CONTROL, JOYSTICK ...............................................................................2.10, 2.11, 2.12 CLEANING REMOVAL OF ANTI-CORROSION SPRAY (IF APPLICABLE) ........................................................ 2.107 CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND CHARGE AIR COOLER ............................................................................................................. 2.91 COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM (IQAN MDM DISPLAY) ................................................................... 2.41 ALTERNATE MENUS ......................................................................................................................... 2.43 CYCLE COUNTER .......................................................................................................................... 2.43 MACHINE SERVICE - HYDRAULIC OIL ........................................................................................ 2.44 TREE COUNTER .................................................................................................................. 2.43, 2.44 CONTROL SYSTEM OVERVIEW ...................................................................................................... 2.41 DIAGNOSTICS ADJUSTMENT MENUS ............................................................................................ 2.45 ADJUST DATE TIME SETTINGS (SETTINGS MENU) ................................................................... 2.50 ADJUST FUNCTION PARAMETERS (PROPERTIES MENU) ....................................................... 2.51 ADJUST LCD DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS (SETTINGS MENU) ......................................................... 2.48 ADJUST OUTPUTS (PROPERTIES MENU) .................................................................................. 2.53 LANGUAGE SETTINGS (SETTINGS MENU) ................................................................................ 2.49 MENU DESCRIPTIONS .................................................................................................................. 2.46

Controls and X870C/LX870C Operation Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher Tigercat Feller Buncher SECTION 2 - CONTROLS AND OPERATION JANUARY 2015 MENU OPERATION ........................................................................................................................ 2.47 SOUND SETTINGS (SETTINGS MENU) ....................................................................................... 2.49 ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE, ATTACHMENT .......................................................... 2.71 ACCUMULATING ARM ................................................................................................................... 2.71 ADJUST OUTPUTS (WRIST) ......................................................................................................... 2.76 CLAMP ARM ................................................................................................................................... 2.71 EXAMPLE - CLAMP FUNCTION ADJUSTMENT ......................................................................... 2.72 WRIST .............................................................................................................................................2.71 ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE, LEVELLING .............................................................. 2.65 ADJUSTING CYLINDER TRACKING ............................................................................................. 2.67 ADJUSTING FORWARD/REAR LEVELLING SPEED .................................................................... 2.66 CHECKING LEVELLING SPEED (CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES) .................................................... 2.65 SYSTEM COMPONENTS .................................................................................................................. 2.41 SYSTEM WARNING MESSAGES ...................................................................................................... 2.57 INFORMATION MESSAGES .......................................................................................................... 2.58 MODULE IS OFFLINE SYSTEM WARNING .................................................................................. 2.57 WARNING MESSAGES .................................................................................................................. 2.57 CONTROL PANEL .................................................................................................................................. 2.27 COOLING ASSEMBLY ........................................................................................................................... 2.91 COOLING FAN - SWITCH ...................................................................................................................... 2.30 D

DIESEL HEATER CONTROLS - OPTIONAL ......................................................................................... 2.26 DISPLAY MODULE KEYPAD FUNCTIONS ........................................................................................................................ 2.21 DOORS, SERVICE ACCESS ................................................................................................................. 2.79 E

EMERGENCY EXITS CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR ESCAPE HATCH ............................................................................ 2.39 CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR SIDE DOOR: .................................................................................. 2.39 ESCAPE HATCH ................................................................................................................................ 2.38 ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL/REPLACEMENT .................................................................................. 2.39 MAINTENANCE GUIDE ..................................................................................................................... 2.39 SIDE DOOR ........................................................................................................................................ 2.38 ENGINE AIR CLEANER ......................................................................................................................... 2.89 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR ........................................................................................ 2.89, 2.90 ENGINE AIR INTAKE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE UNLOADER VALVE ............................................................................................................................ 2.88 ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER ................................................................................................................. 2.87 ENGINE ANTI-STALL - SWITCH WITH LIGHT ...................................................................................... 2.27 ENGINE HOT WATER SHUT OFF VALVES .......................................................................................... 2.37 ENGINE, RESTARTING AFTER ENGINE RUN OUT OF FUEL ......................................................... 2.100 ENGINE, STOPPING ........................................................................................................................... 2.101 ER BOOM SYSTEM, SPECIAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS .......................................................... 2.103 F

FELLING HEAD OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS .................................................................................. 2.102 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ................................................................................................................. 2.102 FILTER, FRESH AIR - A/C UNIT ............................................................................................................ 2.37 FILTER, RE-CIRCULATING AIR - A/C UNIT .......................................................................................... 2.37 FILTERS.................................................................................................................... SEE ALSO SECTION 3 CHARGE PILOT FILTER .................................................................................................................... 2.86 FUEL TANK STRAINERS ......................................................................................................... 2.81, 2.82 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) AUTOMATIC OPERATION ................................................................................................................. 2.32 AVOIDING DAMAGE AND FALSE DISCHARGES DURING MACH .................................................. 2.35 2.2

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller BuncherControls and Operation SECTION 2 - CONTROLS AND OPERATION JANUARY 2015 COMPONENT LOCATIONS ............................................................................................................... 2.35 DISCHARGE OF THE SYSTEM ......................................................................................................... 2.33 IN CASE OF FIRE .............................................................................................................................. 2.33 INSPECTION OF FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ............................................................................ 2.34 MANUAL OPERATION ....................................................................................................................... 2.33 FOOT PEDALS, TRACK DRIVE ............................................................................................................ 2.14 FUEL, BOTTOM FUELING SYSTEM ..................................................................................................... 2.83 FUEL HEATER SWITCH ........................................................................................................................ 2.28 FUEL, REFUELING PROCEDURE ........................................................................................................ 2.83 FUEL TANK CAPACITY ..........................................................................................................................................2.81 COMPONENTS ........................................................................................................................ 2.81, 2.82 REFUELING PROCEDURE ............................................................................................................... 2.83 REFUELING PROCEDURE, BOTTOM FUELING OPTION ............................................................... 2.83 FUEL TANK, OPTIONAL HIGH CAPACITY ........................................................................................... 2.82 FUEL TANK, STANDARD ....................................................................................................................... 2.81 H

HORN, SAFETY ALERT - SWITCH ............................................................................................. 2.30, 2.32 HOT WATER SHUT OFF VALVES (ENGINE) ........................................................................................ 2.37 HYDRAULIC OIL FILL PUMP -ELECTRICAL ........................................................................................ 2.84 HYDRAULIC OIL TANK FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH .................................................................................. 2.85 FILTER/STRAINER SERVICE ............................................................................................................ 2.85 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS ................................................................................................................. 2.85 HYDRAULIC OIL HEATER (OPTIONAL) ............................................................................................ 2.86 I

IGNITION KEY SWITCH ........................................................................................................................ 2.28 INSTRUMENT PANEL ............................................................................................................................ 2.19 BATTERY DISCONNECT - SWITCH .................................................................................................. 2.25 BULB TEST - SWITCH ...................................................................................................................... 2.25 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION ........................................................................................... 2.19 ENGINE DISPLAY AND DIAGNOSTICS MODULE ............................................................................ 2.20 ENGINE POWER DOOR - SWITCH .................................................................................................. 2.19 FILTER BYPASS, HYD. OIL - WARNING LIGHT ............................................................................... 2.24 FUEL LEVEL - GAUGE ....................................................................................................................... 2.23 HYDRAULIC OIL LOW - LIGHT AND HORN ...................................................................................... 2.23 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE - GAUGE, LIGHT AND HORN .................................................... 2.23 LIGHTS, SERVICE - SWITCH ............................................................................................................ 2.19 MASTER ALARM ................................................................................................................................ 2.19 PILOT SYSTEM “OFF” - LIGHT ......................................................................................................... 2.24 PILOT SYSTEM “ON” - LIGHT ........................................................................................................... 2.25 POWER ENGINE DOOR - SWITCH .................................................................................................. 2.19 PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX OIL TEMP. - GAUGE ................................................................................ 2.20 ROOF/DOOR OPEN - LIGHT ............................................................................................................. 2.25 SAW “ON” - LIGHT ............................................................................................................................. 2.24 SERVICE LIGHTS ON - WARNING LIGHT ........................................................................................ 2.25 TACHOMETER - GAUGE ................................................................................................................... 2.23 INTERIOR LIGHTS ................................................................................................................................ 2.38 INTERMITTENT SAW ............................................................................................................................ 2.55 J

JOYSTICKS, LEFT AND RIGHT HAND ....................................................................................... 2.10, 2.11 K

KEY SWITCH .........................................................................................................................................2.28 2.3

Controls and X870C/LX870C Operation Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher Tigercat Feller Buncher SECTION 2 - CONTROLS AND OPERATION JANUARY 2015 L

LEVELLING CONTROLS, JOYSTICKS ................................................................................................. 2.11 LEVELLING ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE ................................................................... 2.65 LIGHTS, INTERIOR ............................................................................................................................... 2.38 LIGHTS, SERVICE ................................................................................................................................. 2.19 LOAD SENSING, OPERATING TIPS ................................................................................................... 2.102 M

MACHINE PREPARATION SYSTEM TEST AND WARM-UP ...................................................................................................... 2.101 MASTER ALARM ................................................................................................................................... 2.19 O

OPERATING MACHINE ......................................................................................................................... 2.93 PRE-START CHECKS ........................................................................................................................ 2.93 OPERATING TIPS WITH LOAD SENSING ......................................................................................... 2.102 OPERATOR’S SEAT .............................................................................................................................. 2.77 P

PICTOGRAM DESCRIPTIONS ................................................................................................ 2.6, 2.7, 2.8 PILOT SYSTEM INTERLOCK SWITCH (FRONT DOOR) ..................................................................... 2.29 PILOT SYSTEM “OFF “- PUSH BUTTON SWITCH ............................................................................... 2.29 PILOT SYSTEM RESET - PUSH BUTTON SWITCH ............................................................................ 2.29 POWER ENGINE DOOR - SWITCH ...................................................................................................... 2.19 PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM ......................................................................................................... 2.36 PUMP, HYDRAULIC OIL FILL, ELECTRICAL ........................................................................................ 2.84 R

REFUELING PROCEDURE ................................................................................................................... 2.83 REFUELING PROCEDURE, BOTTOM FUELING OPTION .................................................................. 2.83 REMOVAL OF ANTI-CORROSION SPRAY (IF APPLICABLE) ............................................................ 2.107 ROOF/DOOR OPEN - LIGHT ................................................................................................................ 2.25 S

SAW CONTROL SYSTEM SETTING ..................................................................................................... 2.55 SAW - SWITCH ...................................................................................................................................... 2.30 SERVICE ACCESS DOORS .................................................................................................................. 2.79 SERVICE LIGHTS .................................................................................................................................. 2.19 STEREO AM/FM RADIO/CD .................................................................................................................. 2.38 SWING BRAKE - SWITCH WITH LIGHT ............................................................................................... 2.27 SWING CONTROL, JOYSTICK ................................................................................................... 2.10, 2.11 SYSTEM FUSES AND RELAYS ........................................................................................ 2.16, 2.17, 2.18 T

THROTTLE SWITCH ............................................................................................................................. 2.28 TRACK COMPONENTS MEASURING TRACK SAG ................................................................................................................ 2.96 TRACK DRIVE, FOOT PEDALS ............................................................................................................ 2.14 TRACK, LOW/DRIVE - SWITCH WITH LIGHT ...................................................................................... 2.30 TRAVELLING (BOOM RAISED) .......................................................................................................... 2.102 TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL LEVER ..................................................................................................... 2.14 U

UNLOADER VALVE, ENGINE AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE ............................................................ 2.88

2.4

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller BuncherControls and Operation SECTION 2 - CONTROLS AND OPERATION JANUARY 2015 W

WARM UP MODE ................................................................................................................................... 2.62 WARNING LIGHTS.............................................................................................SEE INSTRUMENT PANEL WINDOWS ...........................................................................................................................................2.104 CARE OF POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS ...................................................................................... 2.104 CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS ........................................................................................................ 2.105 CONCEALING HAIRLINE SCRATCHES ...................................................................................... 2.106 FIRE PRECAUTIONS ................................................................................................................... 2.106 GRAFFITI REMOVAL .................................................................................................................... 2.106 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................. 2.104 RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS .................................................................................................... 2.105 RESISTANCE TO WATER ............................................................................................................ 2.105 WORK LIGHTS SWITCH ....................................................................................................................... 2.27 WRIST CONTROL, JOYSTICKS ................................................................................................. 2.10, 2.11

2.5

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

PICTOGRAM DESCRIPTIONS Diagrams in pictorial form are used to represent machine function operation. They are a simple universal language of symbols or pictograms that illustrate a function or component without the use of words.

Examples of these pictograms are the turtle speed such as SLOW =

or FAST =

and the rabbit

that are often used to describe

.

The pictograms used on this machine are as follows:

= Air Conditioner ON

D

= Fuel - Diesel = Fuel Level Low

= Air Conditioner OFF

= Horn

= Air Source, FRESH AIR = Air Source, RECIRCULATE

= Hydraulic Oil Temperature

= Auxiliary Power Outlet 12 V

= Hydraulic Oil Temperature High

= Battery Disconnect = Hydraulic Oil Level Low = Control Lever Multiple Direction = Hydraulic Oil Level = Engine Anti-Stall ON

= Hydraulic Oil Level High

= Engine Start

= Engine STOP = Hydraulic Oil Level Low = Fan Auto Reversing/Cleaning

= Fan Full ON

= Interlock Reset ON

= Foot Pedal Control = Interlock Reset OFF

2.6

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

PICTOGRAM DESCRIPTIONS continued = Lights, Work

= Wrist COUNTERCLOCKWISE

= Lights, Engine Service = Wrist CLOCKWISE = Boom IN = Head Tilt FORWARD

= Boom OUT

= Bom UP

= Head Tilt BACK

= Boom DOWN = Leveling LEFT = Swing LEFT (CCW) = Leveling RIGHT = Swing RIGHT (CW)

= Leveling FORWARD = Accumulator Arms OPEN

= Leveling BACK

= Accumulator Arms CLOSE

= Clamp Arms OPEN

= Clamp Arms CLOSE

2.7

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

PICTOGRAM DESCRIPTIONS continued

= L.H. Track FORWARD/ REVERSE

= R.H. Track FORWARD/ REVERSE

= Speed FAST or HI = Speed SLOW or LOW = Switch ON = Switch OFF

= Temperature

= Fan Ventilation Blower

2.8

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

2.9

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

CONTROLS - CAB

2

1

860C-002

860C-003

1. LH JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER

2. RH JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER

• Stick Boom, Forward/Back Move the joystick back to move the boom IN toward the machine.

Move joystick forward to move boom OUT away from the machine.

• Swing Move the joystick right to swing the upper frame to the RIGHT (CLOCKWISE).

Move the joystick left to swing the upper frame to the LEFT (COUNTERCLOCKWISE).

• Hoist Boom , Up/Down Move the joystick back to RAISE the boom.

Move the joystick forward to LOWER the boom.

• Head Tilt, Forward/Back Move the joystick right to tilt the felling head FORWARD. Move the joystick left to tilt the felling head BACK. CLAMP ARMS • Thumb switch, lower left Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in this section.

• Thumb switch, lower right Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in this section.

• Thumb switch, center left (3) Programmable function.

• Thumb switch, center right (4) Programmable function.

• Thumb switch, upper left No factory equipped function.

• Thumb switch, upper right No factory equipped function.

• Trigger switch, Wrist Pull the trigger switch to rotate wrist CLOCKWISE.

ACCUMULATOR ARMS • Thumb switch, lower left Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in this section.

• Thumb switch, lower right Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in this section.

• Thumb switch, center left (1) Programmable function.

• Thumb switch, center right (2) Programmable function. Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in this section.

• Thumb switch, upper left No factory equipped function.

• Thumb switch, upper right No factory equipped function.

• Trigger switch, Wrist Pull the trigger switch to rotate the wrist COUNTERCLOCKWISE.

2.10

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

CONTROLS - CAB

2

1

860C-003

860C-002

2. RH JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER LEVELING MACHINES

1. LH JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER LEVELING MACHINES

• Hoist Boom, Up/Down Move the joystick back to RAISE the hoist boom.

Move the joystick forward to LOWER the hoist boom.

• Head Tilt, Forward/Back Move the joystick right to tilt the felling head FORWARD. Move the joystick left to tilt the felling head BACK.

• Stick Boom, Forward/Back Move the joystick back to move the stick boom IN toward the machine.

Move joystick forward to move stick boom OUT away from the machine.

• Swing Move the joystick right to swing the upper frame to the RIGHT (CLOCKWISE).

Move the joystick left to swing the upper frame to the LEFT (COUNTERCLOCKWISE).

CLAMP ARMS • Thumb switch, lower left Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in this section.

• Thumb switch, lower right Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in this section.

• Thumb switch, center left (3) Programmable function.

• Thumb switch, center right (4) Programmable function.

Leveling, FRONT/BACK • Thumb switch, upper left - Tilt forward Push to tilt upper structure FORWARD. • Thumb switch, upper right - Tilt backward Push to tilt upper structure BACKWARD. • Trigger switch, Wrist Pull the trigger switch to rotate the wrist CLOCKWISE.

ACCUMULATOR ARMS • Thumb switch, lower left Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in this section.

• Thumb switch, lower right Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in this section.

• Thumb switch, center left (1) Programmable function.

• Thumb switch, center right (2) Programmable function. Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in this section.

Leveling, LEFT/RIGHT • Thumb switch, upper left - Tilt left Push to tilt upper structure to the LEFT. • Thumb switch, upper right - Tilt right Push to tilt upper structure to the RIGHT. • Trigger switch, Wrist Pull the trigger switch to rotate the wrist COUNTERCLOCKWISE. 2.11

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE

ACCUMULATION MODES

The accumulation mode feature allows the operator to select an accumulation mode (STANDARD, AUTOMATIC or SIMULTANEOUS).

Accumulation modes modify the operation of the accumulating arm and clamp arm controls.

845C-25

A. STANDARD ACCUMULATION MODE Standard Accumulation Mode is intended to allow the operator to use the accumulating and clamp arm controls in the standard control configuration without any additional automatic features.

845C-23

The accumulation mode feature is computer controlled and is available only when the accumulation mode function parameter is turned ON (1.0=ON). For more information regarding the adjustment of the accumulation mode function parameter refer to COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM (IQAN-MDM DISPLAY)~DIAGNOSTICS ADJUSTMENT MENUS~ADJUST FUNCTION PARAMETERS (PROPERTIES MENU) in this section.

••

860C-003

LH JOYSTICK - ACCUMULATING ARMS • Thumb switch, lower left Push to OPEN the accumulating arms.

• Thumb switch, lower right Push to CLOSE the accumulating arms.

RH JOYSTICK - CLAMP ARMS • Thumb switch, lower left Push to CLOSE the clamp arms.

• Thumb switch, lower right Push to OPEN the clamp arms.

MODE SELECTION SWITCH

NOTE: When the accumulation mode feature is turned OFF the controls operate in the same manner as they do in the Standard Accumulation Mode.

LEFT JOYSTICK

NOTE: When the engine is shut off the accumulation mode will default to Standard Accumulation Mode.

MODE SELECTION SWITCH When the accumulation mode feature is turned ON accumulation mode selection is done using the mode selection switch. The mode selection switch is located on the left hand joystick (center right button). The mode selection switch operates only when the pilot system is ON.

WARNING

The switch must be held down for at least 1 second to switch modes. When a mode is selected a beep will sound and the screen display will indicate which mode has been selected.

• Movement of accumulating or clamp arms could result in death or serious injury.

NOTE: If the switch is held down the computer control system will scroll through the available modes until the button is released.

• Do not allow personnel near saw head until saw blade is completely stopped, saw head is lowered to ground and engine is shut off.

NOTE: When the engine is shut off, the accumulation mode will default to Standard Accumulation Mode.

2.12

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

845C-27

845C-26

C. SIMULTANEOUS ACCUMULATION MODE

B. AUTOMATIC ACCUMULATION MODE Automatic Accumulation Mode is intended to simplify operation and reduce the number of operator commands required to accumulate several trees in the head. Automatic Accumulation Mode provides the operator with automatic features which modify the operation of the accumulating and clamp arms controls.

Simultaneous Accumulation Mode is intended to simplify operation and reduce the number of operator commands required to fell one tree at a time rather than accumulating several trees. Simultaneous Accumulation Mode provides the operator with automatic features which modify the operation of the accumulating and clamp arms controls.

LH JOYSTICK • Thumb switch, lower left Push to OPEN both the accumulating and clamp arms with a single operator command.

LH JOYSTICK • Thumb switch, lower left Push to OPEN the accumulating arms.

This button can also be used as a manual override of automated accumulating arm movements.

This button can also be used as a manual override of automated accumulating and clamp arm movements.

• Thumb switch, lower right Push to CLOSE the accumulating arms.

• Thumb switch, lower right Push to CLOSE the accumulating arms.

This button can also be used as a manual override of automated accumulating arm movements.

This button can also be used as a manual override of automated accumulating arm movements.

RH JOYSTICK • Thumb switch, lower left Push to CLOSE both the clamp and accumulating arms with a single operator command.

RH JOYSTICK • Thumb switch, lower left Push to CLOSE the clamp arms and OPEN the accumulating arms with a single operator command.

• Thumb switch, lower right Push to OPEN both the clamp and accumulating arms with a single operator command.

Release to CLOSE the accumulating arms.

• Thumb switch, lower right Push to OPEN the clamp arms.

NOTE: When the engine is shut off the accumulation mode will default to Standard Accumulation Mode.

This button can also be used as a manual override of automated clamp arm movements.

NOTE: When the engine is shut off the accumulation mode will default to Standard Accumulation Mode.

2.13

Controls and Operation 3B

3A

••

822-D06

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

••

FOOT PEDALS

3. A. RIGHT FOOT PEDAL - RIGHT TRACK DRIVE Depress foot pedal with TOE to drive RIGHT TRACK FORWARD. Depress foot pedal with HEEL to drive RIGHT TRACK REVERSE. B. LEFT FOOT PEDAL - LEFT TRACK DRIVE Depress foot pedal with TOE to drive LEFT TRACK FORWARD. Depress foot pedal with HEEL to drive LEFT TRACK REVERSE. Travelling Travel is accomplished by depressing both foot pedals simultaneously. Travel over distances should be done in the forward direction to reduce the wear on track components. Track drive gearboxes are considered to be at the rear of the machine for travelling in the forward direction.

4.

TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL LEVER (OPTIONAL)

860C-131

TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL LEVER

The speed control lever allows the operator to set the maximum speed of the machine to maintain a given speed without having to feather the drive pedals.

Push the lever forward to increase the maximum speed.

Pull the lever back to decrease the maximum speed of the machine.

This lever can be used while the machine is in motion in either HI or LOW travel speed selections.

2.14

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

5. SYSTEM FUSES AND RELAYS

IMPORTANT 24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

There are three areas where Fuse and Relay Electrical Components are mounted as follows:

• Main Electrical Fuses, Master Disconnect Relay and Amerex (FSS) 7 Amp Fuse, located in the rear compartment beside the battery box.

10 AMP FSS FUSE

BATTERY MASTER DISCONNECT RELAY

10 AMP FSS FUSE

60 AMP MAIN ELECTRICAL FUSE

TOP VIEW OF BATTERIES

BATTERIES

BOOSTER JUMPER PLUG

860C-225A 860C-225B

BATTERY COMPARTMENT, MAIN FUSES & MASTER DISCONNECT RELAY 2.15

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

SYSTEM FUSES AND RELAYS - CONTINUED

• Electrical Controls, Fuse and Relay Rear

Panel located in the rear compartment behind the cab.

H860C-01A

FUSE & RELAY PANEL - REAR COMPARTMENT

2.16

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

SYSTEM FUSES AND RELAYS - CONTINUED • Cab Electrical Controls, Fuse and Relay Panel Located in the cab on the right rear side panel. IQAN fuses are located here.

The engine diagnostics connection is on the left lower side of the instrument panel. Refer to ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION in this section.

ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS PLUG

••

CAB ELECTRICAL CONTROLS, FUSE AND RELAY PANEL

822C-10

ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS PLUG HARVESTER RELAYS (OPTIONAL) 3A

8.

3A

15.

2A

22.

7.5A

2.

10A

9.

5A

16.

7.5A

23.

5A

3.

15A

10.

10A

17.

5A

24.

4.

15A

11.

15A

18.

25A

25.

15A

5.

15A

12.

3A

19.

30A

26.

15A

6.

10A

13.

5A

20.

10A

27.

15A

21.

15A

28.

A/C OFF RELAY

CAB FRONT LIGHT RELAY

CAB LEFT LIGHT RELAY

SAW RELAY

12 VOLT BACK UP BATTERY RELAY

5A

LEVEL REAR

RUN RELAY

35.

START RELAY

*IGNITION

34.

LEVEL FORWARD

*

15A

IGNITION ACCESSORY RELAY

A/C HEAT COMBO RELAY

10A

LEVEL RIGHT

PILOT RELAY

32.

PANEL ALARM RELAY

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

CAB FRONT LIGHT RELAY

31.

LEVEL LEFT

3.

4.

5.

6.

33.

14.

15A

7.

7.5A

PUMP 2

1.

2.

1.

30.

PUMP 1

FUSES

REPLACE FUSES WITH SAME VALUES AS INDICATED

29.

822C-07

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

32.

33.

34.

35.

IQAN MDM A/C HEAT COMBO UNIT RELAY, IGNITION AND FUNCTION PANELS IQAN XT2 IQAN XP2 (15 AMP, OPTIONAL) HARVESTER KEY SWITCHED POWER (15 AMP, HARVESTER ONLY) 24 VOLT AUXILIARY POWER (MAX. 10 AMP FUSE) SPARE INSTRUMENT PANEL FUEL SHUT OFF VALVE IQAN XS MOTION ALARM, SEAT COMPRESSOR, VOLTAGE CONVERTER KEY SIGNAL PANEL ALARM, DOOR SENSORS PILOT CIRCUIT SPARE ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC TOOL POWER POWER ROOF SIGNAL BOTTOM FUELING (5 AMP, OPTIONAL) VOLTAGE CONVERTER A/C HEAT COMBO UNIT CAB DOME LIGHTS, WORK LIGHT SWITCH HARVESTER CONSTANT POWER (15 AMP, HARVESTER ONLY) IGNITION KEY SWITCH ENGINE ECM RUN SIGNAL SPARE CAB LEFT WORK LIGHTS 2 CAB FRONT WORK LIGHTS 2 CAB FRONT WORK LIGHTS SPARE RADIO, CB/TWO WAY RADIO 12 VOLT POWER OUTLET RADIO KEY SIGNAL 12 VOLT AUXILARY POWER (MAX. 10 AMP FUSE) SPARE SPARE ENGINE PRE-HEAT (5 AMP OPTIONAL)

FOR 12 VOLT TWO WAY RADIOS

TELESCOPIC RELAYS (OPTIONAL)

TELESCOPIC BOOM IN

CONNECT POWER LEAD TO TERMINAL 497 FOR CONSTANT POWER AND BATTERY BACK UP - OR CONNECT TO TERMINAL 500 AND ADD FUSE IN LOCATION 32 FOR ON/OFF WITH IGNITION KEY. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SEE OPERATORS MANUAL

TELESCOPIC BOOM OUT

NOTE: ITEM 31 8XX*2101 TO 8XX*2152 = 3AMP 8XX*2153 AND UP = 15 AMP

*

USE ONLY Tigercat AM1321 TIME DELAY RELAY

45330BENG R0

2.17

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

SYSTEM FUSES AND RELAYS - CONTINUED Two 125 amp and three 60 amp fuses are installed in the Fuse and Relay Panel Rear Compartment ahead of the system circuit fuses and are there to prevent major damage to the electrical systems of the machine in the event of a short circuit in any of the main battery feed lines.

Each circuit on the machine is further protected against current overload by individual circuit fuses. The circuit fuses on the Fuse, Relay and Electrical Panel in Cab, protect the cab electrical components.

H860C-01

FUSE & RELAY PANEL-REAR COMPARTMENT

The fuses in the Fuse and Relay Panel Rear Compartment protect the circuits for the work lights, engine ECM, engine enclosure power door and many other machine operating circuits. Refer to the label on the previous page for specific fuse designation and location.

A 60 amp fuse located in the battery compartment provides unswitched power for cab lights and service lights.

10 AMP (FSS) FUSE

A second 60 amp fuse located in the battery compartment provides unswitched power for the hydraulic fill pump electrical circuit.

A 7.5 amp in-line fuse protects the fire suppression system when an AMEREX fire suppression system is installed. This fuse is located in the fire suppression power lead from the battery.

10 AMP (FSS) FUSE

BOOSTER JUMPER PLUG

If a fuse blows, it should be replaced with a fuse of the same amperage rating. If the fuse blows again, the circuit in question must be inspected for a possible short circuit.

860C-225A

BATTERY BOOSTER JUMPER PLUG A battery booster jumper plug is located in the battery compartment. This special JUMPER CONNECTOR is used in conjunction with jumper cables with matching ends. Cables with matching ends are available through your Tigercat Dealer Parts Department. If standard jumper cables are used the NEGATIVE connection can be made anywhere on the upper frame, as close to the batteries as possible on bare metal.

2.18

BATTERY COMPARTMENT

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

INSTRUMENT PANEL

•• ••

••

1. POWER ENGINE DOOR - SWITCH This is a three position momentary switch labelled OPEN - CLOSE, with a spring return to the center OFF position. Push and hold the switch in the OPEN position to OPEN the door or push and hold in the CLOSE position to CLOSE the door.

3

1 2

•• 4

NOTE: The power engine door is equipped with a motion alarm that sounds when the door is moved.

••

5

CAUTION Watch for personnel in the area of the power door before opening the door.

2. SERVICE LIGHTS - SWITCH

••

6

This is a two position switch labelled ON - OFF. Use it to turn ON the six service lights located in the engine compartment, pump area and valve area. The service light indicator light item 17 will illuminate when this switch is ON.

7

••

3. ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION 8

Plug a remote electronic diagnostic device, such as a laptop computer with the appropriate Cummins programming, into this connection to perform engine performance analysis and tuning.

9

NOTE: This operation can only be performed by a trained service technician.

4.

10

MASTER ALARM

12 13 14

Bulb test switch Hydraulic oil extremely low switch (light) Hydraulic oil temperature switch (light) Door/roof open (light, IQAN messages) Engine and machine alarms (IQAN, J1939 red stop signals)

15 16 17 18

Refer also to HYDRAULIC OIL LOW LIGHT, HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE LIGHT, COMPUTER ~ SYSTEM WARNING MESSAGES and INSTRUMENT PANEL ~ ENGINE DISPLAY AND DIAGNOSTIC MODULE in this section.

19

LX870C 01A

2.19

••

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

11

This alarm will sound to alert the operator that an alarm condition has been detected and should be dealt with immediately. The master alarm is triggered by: • • • • •

••

••

••

20

21

•• INSTRUMENT PANEL

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

5. PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX OIL TEMP. GAUGE

•• ••

••

Displays the current oil temperature registered in the pump drive gearbox. If the oil temperature rises above 115°C (240°F)*, stop all operations, lower the felling head onto the ground, stop the engine, and check the oil level in the gearbox, including over filling. Also check the condition of the oil; burnt oil could indicate worn gear teeth or bearings.

3

1 2

•• 4

*NOTE: The pump drive gearbox oil temperature limit is based on use of the recommended synthetic gear oil for severe duty applications, which allows higher operating temperatures.

••

5

••

6

7

•• 8

244-046

••

DISPLAY MODULE

6. DISPLAY MODULE

9

The Display Module is the operator interface with the electronic engine.It is a multifunction tool that enables the operator to view various engine parameters and service codes.

The Display Module includes a graphical backlit LCD screen controlled via menu selection. The display can show either a single parameter or a quadrant display showing 4 parameters simultaneously.

Diagnostic capabilities include fault codes with text translation for the most common fault conditions.

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

The Display Module has four buttons used to navigate the display with ease.

18

19

LX870C 01A

2.20

••

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

••

••

20

21

•• INSTRUMENT PANEL

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

DISPLAY PARAMETERS

KEYPAD FUNCTIONS

The following are some of the functions displayed by the Display Module:

MENU KEY - This key is pressed to enter or exit menu screens.

• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

LEFT ARROW KEY - This key is pressed to scroll through the screen either moving the parameter selection toward the left or down.

Engine RPM Engine Hours Machine Hours System Voltage % Engine Load at the current RPM Coolant Temperature Oil Pressure Fuel Economy Engine Manifold Air Temperature Current Fuel Consumption Active Service Codes Stored Service Codes from the engine Set Units for display (English or Metric) Engine Configuration Parameters 1

RIGHT ARROW KEY- This key is pressed to scroll through the screen either moving the parameter selection toward the right or up.

ENTER KEY - This key is pressed to select the parameter that is highlighted on the screen.

Refer to the manufacturer Operations Manual (supplied with the machine) for detailed information.

START-UP OPERATION When power is first applied to the Display Module, the Logo Screen will be displayed, the Wait to Start message will be displayed.

Once the Wait to Start message is no longer displayed the operator may start the engine.

When the engine has started the display will show the single engine parameter display.

7

2 3

MAIN MENU NAVIGATION 4 244-007

5

6

DISPLAY MODULE

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION 1. Amber Warning LED 2. Display 3. Menu Key

244-007

4. Left Arrow Key

SINGLE PARAMETER DISPLAY

1. Starting at the single or four engine parameter display, depress the MENU Button.

2. The first seven items of the MAIN MENU will be displayed.

3. Depressing the ARROW buttons will scroll through the menu selections.

5. Right Arrow Key 6. Enter Key 7. Red Shutdown LED

244-047

2.21

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

4. Pressing the right arrow button will scroll down to reveal the last items of “Main Menu” screen highlighting the next item down.

5. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the desired menu item or press the Menu Button to exit the Main menu and return to the engine parameter display.

•• 3

1 2

••

FAULTS AND WARNINGS During normal operation the single or four parameter screen will be displayed. When the Display Module receives a fault code from the engine control unit the single or four parameter screen will be replaced with the Active Fault Codes message.

! ! !

•• ••

4

••

5

- Indicates Auxiliary Gage Fault - Indicates Fault Warning

••

6

- Indicates Derate or Shutdown Fault

To acknowledge and Hide the fault and return to the single or four parameter display press the Enter Button. The display will return to the single or four parameter screen.

7

••

Pressing the Enter Button will redisplay the hidden fault. Pressing the Enter Button once again will hide the fault and return the screen to the single or four parameter display.

8

••

NOTE: The fault can only be cleared by correcting the cause of the fault condition.

Some of the display and warning functions are:

9

LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE - RED LED This light will come ON when the engine oil pressure falls below 48 kPa (7 psi) . If this light comes ON stop the engine and determine cause.

10 11

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

12 13

ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. - RED LED This light will come ON when the engine coolant temperature rises above 102°C (215°F) If this light comes ON stop engine and determine cause. Do not continue to operate machine.

14 15 16 17

TACHOMETER This display indicates the RPM. of the engine.

18

HOUR METER There are two options available for displaying hours:

19

LX870C 01A

2.22

••

••

••

••

20

21

•• INSTRUMENT PANEL

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

TOTAL ENGINE HOURS - displays total hours the engine has run as provided by the engine computer.

If the hydraulic oil temperature rises above the recommended range listed in the HYDRAULIC OIL OPERATING RANGE chart in SECTION 3 of this manual, reduce the load on the engine and activate the cooling system fan in REVERSE for about 10 seconds by pressing the cooling fan CLEAN switch. If the temperature does not drop quickly after the clean cycle, stop the engine and check for:

MACHINE HOURS - displays the total hours the engine has run as calculated by the display module.

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE Oil pressure at low idle and high idle will display 372 kPa (54 psi). If oil pressure drops below 48 kPa (7 psi) the display will read 0 and the LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE - RED LED will turn ON, stop engine and determine cause. Check engine oil pressure every time the engine is started.

• Plugged oil cooler, radiator, A/C condenser or debris screen • Malfunction in a hydraulic circuit • Malfunction of hydraulic fan drive system • Malfunction of engine Anti-Stall system • Low hydraulic oil level in reservoir

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE Normal operating range is between 83°C (181°F) and 95°C (203°F). If the temperature rises beyond 99°C (210°F), reduce the load on the engine and check for a plugged radiator. If the temperature does not drop, remove load completely. If the temperature still does not drop,stop engine and determine cause. Do not continue to operate machine.

A RED warning light (10) will come ON and a warning alarm (4) will sound when the hydraulic oil temperature* goes above 96°C (205°F). This alarm must not be used to monitor the hydraulic oil. The operator must use the temperature gauge, along with the OPERATING RANGE CHART in SECTION 3 to prevent damage to the hydraulic system.

VOLTAGE DISPLAY Normal operating range is between 26-28 volts. A reading in excess of 29 volts indicates a possible faulty voltage regulator. A reading of less than 24 volts indicates a possible faulty battery or alternator.

Operating outside the recommended operating range will shorten hydraulic component life. *NOTE: Hydraulic oil temperature warning alarm threshold varies depending on Oil Grade selected (HYDRAULIC OIL OPERATING RANGE chart in SECTION 3 of this manual).

Refer to manufactures Operations Manual (supplied with the machine) for detailed information.

10. HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE WARNING LIGHT (RED)

7. FUEL LEVEL - GAUGE Capacity when full: Fuel Tank; 1003 L (265 US gal)

This light will illuminate and a warning alarm (4) will sound when the hydraulic oil temperature goes above 96°C (205°F).

8. TACHOMETER - GAUGE

11. HYDRAULIC OIL LOW - WARNING LIGHT (RED) AND HORN

This gauge displays the engine speed.

Refer to THROTTLE SWITCH i n this section for engine speeds.

This light will illuminate when the oil level falls 38 L (10 US gal) below the FULL mark. The light will remain illuminated and a HORN will sound when the oil level falls 68 L (18 US gal) below the FULL mark. When the light first illuminates, stop the engine and look for signs of broken hoses or other leaks. Repair leaks and refill the tank to the FULL mark on the sight gauge. Restart the engine and inspect for leaks. When the horn sounds, stop the engine immediately. Operating the machine with low hydraulic oil can cause hydraulic pumps to fail.

9. HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE - GAUGE, WARNING LIGHT AND HORN This gauge displays the current hydraulic oil temperature registered in the hydraulic reservoir.

2.23

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

12. FILTER BYPASS - WARNING LIGHT (RED)

•• ••

••

This light illuminates when an oil flow restriction in excess of 1 Bar (15 psi) is encountered at the return filters manifold.

When this occurs, the filters require immediate service. An excessive pressure drop through the return filters can cause the filter bypass valve to open.

3

1 2

•• 4

If the light illuminates during cold start-ups, the engine speed should be reduced to MINIMUM throttle to allow the filter bypasses to close.

13. SAW ON LIGHT (AMBER)

••

5

This light is illuminated when the saw system is activated. It illuminates when the saw switch is turned to the ON position. It is possible that the light will not be on even though the saw switch is in the ON position due to the pilot system not being reset; this will be indicated by the pilot off light being ON. In this case, press the PILOT RESET switch* and turn the saw switch OFF and then ON.

••

6

7

NOTE: On Harvester Model Machines this saw light indicates power is being supplied to the attachment control systems.

••

*When the ignition key switch is in the RUN position, either the PILOT OFF or the PILOT ON will be illuminated. If neither is illuminated, then the state of the SAFETY INTERLOCK SYSTEM is unknown and should be checked out immediately.

8

••

9

14. PILOT OFF LIGHT (AMBER)

10

This light illuminates when the pilot system has been de-activated*.

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

11 12

WARNING

13

Do not, under any circumstances, allow the pilot system to be re-activated without an operator in the cab.

14 15 16 17 18

19

LX870C 01A

2.24

•• ••

••

20

21

•• INSTRUMENT PANEL

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

15. PILOT ON LIGHT (GREEN) This light illuminates when the pilot system is activated by the pilot reset switch*. *When the ignition key switch is in the RUN position, either the PILOT OFF or the PILOT ON will be illuminated. If neither is illuminated, then the state of the SAFETY INTERLOCK SYSTEM is unknown and should be checked out immediately.

24863A

This manually operated switch completely disconnects all electrical circuits on the machine from the battery except for the fire suppression and service light circuits. Wait 30 seconds after engine shut down before turning off the battery disconnect switch. This is done to avoid an engine fault from being displayed on the display module.

For more information on the pilot shut off system see PILOT SYSTEM OFF SWITCH in this section.

16. ROOF/DOOR OPEN - LIGHT (AMBER)

20. BULB TEST SWITCH

(IF EQUIPPED - EARLIER MACHINES)

This is a two-position momentary switch.

Press and hold this switch in the ON position to test the bulbs in the warning lights. Replace the bulb in any light that does not illuminate.

If the light does not illuminate after installing a new bulb, check the fuse or circuit breaker.

Bulbs should be tested at the start of each shift.

This light illuminates when one of the doors equipped with a sensor is left open for more than 2 seconds. An alarm will sound and a warning message will be shown on the IQAN-MDM display. The warning can be acknowledged on the IQAN-MDM to silence the alarm but the warning light will stay on until the open door(s) is(are) closed.

21. ER MODE - SWITCH

NOTE: When the engine door/roof is open, the computer function parameter for the cooling fan SERVICE MODE should be reset by the service technician to 1.0=ON. This function reverses the cooling fan rotation (when the engine is running) while the engine door/roof is open. Reset the SERVICE MODE back to 0.0=OFF when service is complete.

This is a two-position momentary switch that allows the operator to toggle ER ON or ER OFF NOTE: When the ignition is turned off and then the machine is restarted, the ER function will be ON (the default is ER ON).

To turn the ER function OFF press the switch momentarily.

The computer monitor will sound an alarm whenever the ER is turned ON or OFF and whenever the pilot switch is reset.

The computer will display the following: ER MODE - CURRENTLY ON or ER MODE - CURRENTLY OFF Press the F1 button on the front of the computer display to turn the alarm OFF and acknowledge the change to ER function.

Refer also to COMPUTER ~ SYSTEM ER MODE for more information.

Whenever a Service Technician is in the Service Compartment performing tests with the engine running, reversing the fan rotation redirects the airflow away from the service technician.

The left and right hand access doors, pump compartment door and radiator cleanout doors are equipped with proximity sensors.

Refer to ENCLOSURE DOOR(S) OPEN and ROOF OPEN warning messages in this section. Refer also to MASTER ALARM and SERVICE ACCESS DOORS in this section.

17. SERVICE LIGHTS ON - WARNING LIGHT (AMBER) This light illuminates when the service lights are turned ON. The light will remain ON even if the Battery Disconnect Switch is turned OFF. 18. BLANK 19. BATTERY DISCONNECT - SWITCH 2.25

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

•• ••

•• 3

1 2

•• 4 1075-087B

DIESEL HEATER CONTROLS - OPTIONAL This digital timer is used only if the machine is equipped with the optional diesel heater.

••

5

Consult the manufacturer instruction manual for additional information. Refer also to HOT WATER SHUT OFF VALVE in this section for more related information.

••

6

7

•• 8

••

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

19

LX870C 01A

2.26

••

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

••

••

20

21

•• INSTRUMENT PANEL

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher 2

1

Controls and Operation

3

••

••

6

••

••

••

860-011

5

4

••

FORWARD CONTROL PANEL

CONTROL PANEL

(b) The 10 amp fuse located on the cab fuse and relay panel.

This fuse is labelled A/C HEAT COMBO UNIT RELAY IGNITION AND FUNCTION PANELS. (c) Malfunction of the anti-stall system.

1. ANTI-STALL - SWITCH WITH LIGHT This is a two-position switch labelled ON /OFF. The light in the switch will illuminate when the switch is in the ON position. This switch turns on an electronic load control system for the main pump which prevents overloading of the engine by the main pump when several main pump high load functions are in use at the same time. It should be in the ON position during normal machine operation at FULL throttle and in the OFF position when operating at less than FULL throttle.

2. SWING BRAKE - SWITCH WITH LIGHT This is a two-position switch labelled ON /OFF. The light in the switch will illuminate when the switch is in the ON position.

Placing this switch in the ON position will apply the swing brake and prevent the upper structure from turning. The swing brake is a spring apply, hydraulic release, multi disc brake. The brake is also engaged whenever the pilot system is shut off. As a safety precaution, the brake should always be applied with this switch when leaving the cab.

IMPORTANT! It should be noted that this anti-stall system will only allow full main pump flow with the engine running at speeds above 1700 RPM. NOTE: The anti-stall feature does not manage or control the track pumps, saw pump, wrist/ clamps pump, charge pump or fan pump. If any combination of these functions generate high enough loads, the engine could begin to stall, at which point the operator must back off manually on these functions to reduce the load on the engine.

CAUTION • Turning ON the swing brake while the boom is moving can damage the gearbox.

• NEVER operate the tracks with the swing brake ON as boom contact with the ground will damage the swing gearbox.

If BOOM or SWING functions slow down or stop, check to make sure that the engine speed is above the required level listed above for the engine in your machine.

3. WORK LIGHTS SWITCH This is a two-position switch labelled ON/OFF. Placing this switch in the ON position will turn on the WORK LIGHTS.

If engine stalling occurs, check: (a) Make sure the ANTI-STALL switch is in the ON position.

2.27

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

4. FUEL HEATER SWITCH

NOTE: All operations should be performed at FULL throttle. The Anti-Stall system will not function correctly below FULL throttle.

This is a two-position switch labelled ON /OFF. Placing this switch in the ON position will turn on the FUEL HEATER.

Maintaining Correct Engine RPM.

An automatic thermostat turns the fuel heater on when the fuel temperature drops below 7°C (45°F) and off when the fuel temperature reaches 24°C (75°F).

It is most important that the IDLE and FULL RPM’s of the engine be correct at all times:

5. IGNITION KEY SWITCH

IDLE

900 to 950 RPM (No Load)

FULL

1830 to 1850 RPM max (No Load)

RATED WORKING 1800 RPM

This is a three-position switch labelled OFF/ RUN/START.

NOTE: At start-up the engine will always default to IDLE.

OFF Position - All electrical power through the ignition switch is turned OFF.

These speeds are with the hydraulic and engine oil at normal operating temperatures, no functions activated and without the pilot system engaged.

These speeds are pre-set into the engine CPU (computer) and cannot be adjusted without the proper electronic equipment programming software. Check engine speed regularly with engine diagnostics module.

RUN Position - Connects the battery to all functions. Used for normal machine operation.

START Position - Connects the battery to the start relay to start the engine.

NOTE: The PILOT SYSTEM must be OFF to start the engine. To deactivate the pilot system push the large pilot off switch button DOWN (item 9, on the rear control panel).

IMPORTANT! Under no circumstances allow the FULL throttle engine speed to vary from the recommended settings, particularly faster. This could cause serious damage to the pumps.

WARNING Never usa a liquid starting aid to start an engine.

WARNING

This machine is equipped with a computer controlled heating element in the engine intake system. Starting fluids explode on contact with the heating element.

6. THROTTLE SWITCH This is a three-position momentary switch connected into the engine CPU circuit to adjust the engine RPM. between the (IDLE) and

Shut off the engine. Remove the coolant filler cap only when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen the cap to the first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

(FULL) throttle set points.

PRESS and HOLD this switch in the position to increase engine speed (rpm), release switch at desired rpm or continue to HOLD to place engine at the correct FULL throttle setting.

WARNING To avoid personal injury and property damage, NEVER use a starting fluid. Starting aid fluids, which contain Ether, can cause an explosion.

PRESS and HOLD this switch in the position to decrease engine speed (rpm), release switch at desired rpm or continue to HOLD to place engine at the correct MINIMUM throttle setting.

THIS MACHINE IS EQUIPPED WITH A COMPUTER CONTROLLED HEATING ELEMENT IN THE ENGINE INTAKE SYSTEM. STARTING FLUIDS WILL EXPLODE ON CONTACT WITH THE HEATING ELEMENT. 2.28

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher 7 C

B

••

8

10

9

Controls and Operation 11

••

••

••

••

••

••

7. AIR CONDITIONER/HEATER

••

••

This is a push ON spring return switch. With the engine running and the front door closed, push this switch to activate the pilot system.

The pilot ON light will be ON and the pilot OFF light will be OFF.

A. A/C SWITCH This is a two-position switch labelled ON - OFF. Placing this switch in the ON position will turn ON the A/C compressor for cooling.

NOTE: The front door must be closed to ACTIVATE the pilot system. The side door exit WILL NOT DE-ACTIVATE the pilot system when opened.

B. FAN SPEED - OFF/LOW/MED/HIGH This is a rotary, four-position switch for controlling the speed of the blower fan.

SWITCH

••

C. HEAT/COOL - VARIABLE This is a variable, rotary dial to adjust the amount of heated air for the cab by controlling the flow of engine coolant through the heater core. Make sure this control is set to the MAX COLD position when using the air conditioning.

ACTUATOR ON DOOR

••

822-D02

INTERLOCK SWITCH (FRONT DOOR) 9. PILOT SYSTEM OFF - PUSH BUTTON SWITCH

NOTE: To maximize the efficiency of the air conditioning, the heat/cool control must be rotated to the MAX COLD position and the two hot water shut off valves on the engine should be turned to the OFF position. Refer also to HOT WATER SHUT OFF VALVE, in this section.

••

8. PILOT SYSTEM RESET - PUSH BUTTON SWITCH

The three controls on this panel are used to adjust the heating and air conditioning temperature for operator comfort in the cab.

15

REAR CONTROL PANEL

822C-14

14

A

••

13

12

This is a push OFF spring return switch. This switch shuts off the pilot system deactivating all operating functions as well as applying the track drive brake and swing brake. The pilot OFF light will be ON and the pilot ON light will be OFF.

Refer also to CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM in SECTION 3 of this manual.

The pilot system can be REACTIVATED when the PILOT RESET button (item 8) is pressed with the front door closed.

WARNING If the pilot OFF button does not stop functions, turn the ignition key off.

2.29

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

10. TRACK, LOW/DRIVE - SWITCH WITH LIGHT

Always use this horn prior to starting the engine and to alert other personnel in the area of your presence.

This is a two-position switch labelled LOW and DRIVE.

12. SAW - SWITCH

IMPORTANT! This switch, when in DRIVE, provides infinitely variable travel speeds/torque ranges, unlike similar travel range controls on some types of construction equipment.

This is a two-position switch labelled ON/ OFF. Use this switch to turn the saw ON. A lockout button is incorporated into the switch to prevent the switch from being turned ON accidentally. To turn the switch ON, push and hold the lockout button UP and place the switch in the ON position.

LOW: Placing the switch in the LOW position will provide the slowest travel speed but with increased torque or driving force.

Place throttle in FULL position before turning saw ON.

It is recommended that during all harvesting functions and when travelling on slopes that the range switch be placed in the LOW position to maximize drive motor life. LOW position is indicated by a light on the Track Low/Drive switch.

NOTE: If the engine has been turned off or the pilot shut off system tripped (Front Door opened) with the saw switch left in the ON position, the saw will not start up when the engine is restarted or the front door closed. In this case press the PILOT RESET button and turn the saw switch OFF and then ON.

DRIVE: When this switch is in the DRIVE position, the travel speed (and torque) ranges of the drive system become infinitely variable and will automatically adjust to any point between the HIGH and LOW speed/ torque set points, relative to the terrain or load conditions.

NOTE: On Harvester Model Machines this saw switch supplies power to the attachment control systems.

13. COOLING FAN - SWITCH This is a three-position switch labelled CLEAN/AUTO/FULL ON. This switch, along with an electronic fan control module, controls the operation of the hydraulic cross-flow fan.

It should be noted that the available torque when travelling at maximum speed is only half of that in LOW. The DRIVE position will provide a faster travel speed range but with a lower driving force.

However, when the machine encounters tougher terrain conditions, e.g., stumps, soft ground or slopes, etc., the drive system will automatically adjust* to a slower travel speed/ higher torque range.

AUTO POSITION - AUTO is the normal operating position for the fan control switch.

When the switch is in the AUTO position, the fan will operate in a completely automatic mode. It will start, speed up, slow down or stop based on the temperature of the charge air, engine coolant and/or the temperature of the hydraulic oil. The electronic control module automatically adjusts fan speed to the minimum required level to maintain optimal operating conditions. In the event an error exists in the controller, the fan will default to full speed.

*The amount of adjustment can be anywhere from a slight reduction in speed to all the way down to LOW. This will be dependant on the terrain conditions encountered.

NOTE: The operator should be aware that this automatic speed/torque range adjustment will cause the machine to gradually slow down over a period of 1 to 2 seconds, due in part to the infinitely variable displacement drive motors used. When travelling on relatively flat terrain it is not necessary to place the range switch in the LOW position.

When the switch is in the AUTO position and the fan runs at minimum speed due to low charge air, engine coolant or hydraulic oil temperatures, turning ON the A/C will cause the fan control to increase the cooling fan speed when the engine is at high idle. This is to ensure that sufficient air flow is available for the cab A/C even while the machine is still warming up.

11. HORN, SAFETY ALERT - SWITCH This is a two-position momentary switch.

Press and hold this switch to sound the safety alert horn.

2.30

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher 7 C

B

•• ••

10

9

8

Controls and Operation 11

13

12

14

15

A

••

••

•• ••

••

••

••

••

••

REAR CONTROL PANEL The electronic fan control will also turn the FULL ON (OVERRIDE) POSITION - When A/C system OFF for as long as the fan is in the switch is in the FULL ON (OVERRIDE) the CLEAN mode. position, the fan control system is overridden and the fan will run at FULL speed for cooling When the CLEAN cycle is complete the regardless of charge air, coolant or oil fan automatically returns to normal rotation temperatures. Normally the fan control switch direction. is placed in the AUTO position for optimal NOTE: The CLEAN cycle also operates cooling. The FULL ON (OVERRIDE) position automatically via the timed purge function is intended for use in the event of a temporary of the computer control system (frequency failure of the fan control. is adjustable). Refer also to COMPUTER NOTE: Placing the switch in the FULL ON ~ INFORMATION MESSAGES and position activates the computer alarm to COMPUTER ~DIAGNOSTIC ~ ADJUST advise the switch has been placed in the FUNCTION PARAMETERS in this section.

FULL ON position. Also while the switch is in 14. AUXILIARY POWER OUTLET (12V) the FULL ON position the Automatic Cleaning cycle is prevented.

A 12 volt outlet with a 15 amp capacity for

822C-14

portable devices such as cell phones.

CLEAN POSITION - Momentarily (there is no need to hold the switch down) pressing the switch to the CLEAN positon will automatically reverse the rotation of the fan. Reverse rotation is used to clean the charge air cooler, radiator, oil cooler, A/C condenser and air intake door screens. By reversing the airlow, air is propelled in the opposite direction, thereby forcing dust and debris off of the radiator. Note that the pilot system must be ON to operate the clean cycle.

15. CIGARETTE LIGHTER (24V) Cigar/Cigarette lighter (24 volt).

CAUTION Before placing the fan switch in the CLEAN position make sure that there is no personnel on the REAR of the machine in the area where the fan will expel debris.

2.31

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher The fire suppression system installed on this machine uses a dry chemical powder which is stored in a 22.6 kg (50 lbs) pressurized cylinder. It is discharged through 8 nozzles strategically placed in the engine compartment and hydraulic areas.

The discharge is triggered either automatically by the fire detection thermostats or manually by the operator.

The control panel mounted in the cab provides continuous monitoring of the system.

It also automatically actuates the suppression system when signalled by the thermostats.

16. AMEREX FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) The machine leaves the factory with the AMEREX fire supression system fully activated*. The system is not certified for use.

Certification must be performed by a local AMEREX approved dealer.

*NOTE: Machines shipped to international destinations have the fire suppression system deactivated to prevent accidental discharge.

The inline fuse for the power lead wire to the battery (in the battery compartment) is removed and the wire is tied to the fuse holder.

376-24A

SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL

AUTOMATIC OPERATION There are 7 thermostats mounted in the engine and hydraulic enclosures which are wired to the control panel. The thermostats are automatic heat detection devices and are set to close at 177°C (350°F). When a thermostat closes it sends an electrical signal to the control panel which activates the system.

•• GAUGE TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

860C-026

OPTIONAL FIRE SUP. SYSTEM CYLINDER NOTE: A pre-delivery inspection of the fire suppression system must be carried out to ensure the system is fully operational. This involves performing all daily and weekly inspection steps. Refer to INSPECTION OF THE AMEREX FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS in this section.

Read the owners manual applicable to the system installed on this machine for additional information on operation, service and AMEREX warranty requirements.

2.32

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation 10 to 15 seconds for leveling machines. The time delay period is a factory setting. This delay feature allows the operator to lower the load or move the machine to a safer location before the engine shuts down. The operator can extend the delay by pressing the SHUTDOWN RESET button on the control panel to repeat the preset delay period. This button can be pressed repeatedly until the operator has brought the machine to a safe stop. The SHUTDOWN RESET button does not delay the discharge of the fire suppression system.

RED FIRE BUTTON

376-24A

H855C-82

SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL

••

NITROGEN ACTUATOR

••

MANUAL ACTUATION SWITCHES

860C-123

MANUAL OPERATION

IN CASE OF FIRE:

The fire suppression system can also be activated manually using the manual actuation switch. An electrical signal is sent to the control panel from the manual actuation switch which activates the system. To manually operate the system:

If a fire starts in any space protected by the system, DO NOT wait for the system to operate automatically. Instead, operate the system manually:

1. Safely lower the boom to the ground.

2. Pull the locking pin.

3. Press the red FIRE button.

In the event of a power failure the system can be activated by the Nitrogen Actuator located on the front left CAB post.

1. Remove Locking Pin. 2. Strike down hard on the actuator knob.

1. Safely lower the boom to the ground.

2. Pull the locking pin.

3. Press the red FIRE button.

NOTE: In the event of a power failure the system can be activated by the Nitrogen Actuator located on the front left post of the cab.

DISCHARGE OF THE SYSTEM When an electrical signal (automatic or manual) is received by the control panel, it sends a discharge signal to the electrical actuator located on top of the pressurized cylinder. When activated, the electrical/ pneumatic actuator extends a control shaft which mechanically opens the agent cylinder valve. This releases the dry chemical in the discharge area protected by the system. The control panel will also automatically shut down the engine and all electrical power.

1. Remove the locking pin.

2. Strike down hard on the actuator knob.

The system will activate the discharge system and the automatic engine shutdown system. There will be a cloud of dry chemical dispersed in the discharge area. The engine will automatically shutdown either immediately or will be delayed for 10 to 15 seconds if the machine is a leveller.

NOTE: The engine does not shut down automatically when the fire suppression system is activated using the nitrogen actuator. When using the nitrogen actuator to activate the fire suppression system the operator must shut the engine off manually.

IMPORTANT! Stop the engine before discharging the system. This will keep the dry chemical in the engine area.

The automatic engine shutdown feature will either shutdown the engine immediately the moment the fire suppression system is discharged (non leveling machines) OR will delay the shutdown for a period of between

Get away from the machine. Take the portable fire extinguisher in the cab or outside along if possible or obtain one from another location.

2.33

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher INSPECTION OF THE AMEREX FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS:

Stand by with a portable fire extinguisher and watch for any flashbacks after the system has discharged.

Do not restart the machine until it has been serviced and cleaned. Do not return the machine to service until the source of the fire has been located and neutralized. The fire suppression system must be recharged by Amerex Factory Certified Personnel before returning the machine to service.

•• GAUGE TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

CAUTION Always wear protective clothing and masks when cleaning up after a discharge.

860-026

OPTIONAL FIRE SUP. SYSTEM CYLINDER

Before cleaning up after a discharge, read the AMEREX manual. If water mixes with the dry chemical it becomes corrosive and can seriously damage wiring connections.

DAILY: • Check the pressure gauge on the agent cylinder and all portable extinguishers.

Proper pressurization is indicated when the pointer is in the green zone.

• Verify that the green SYSTEM OK light on the system control panel is illuminated.

Dry chemical must be vacuumed or blown off with compressed air.

PRESSURE GAUGE

••

822-D21

PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER CHECK CHARGE GAUGE DAILY

WEEKLY: • Inspect all parts for damage, rust, corrosion or dirt. Replace any damaged parts immediately.

• All components are in place and unobstructed.

2.34

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation AVOIDING DAMAGE AND FALSE DISCHARGES DURING MACHINE SERVICE:

• All chemical delivery hoses and nozzles are connected and tight.

• Check fire suppression electrical network for cut, frayed, stripped or damaged wires.

NAB

D

D

TYPICAL THERMOSTAT

860C-028

•

Make sure thermostats are clean.

“SYSTEM OK” LIGHT

NAB - NITROGEN ACTUATOR BUTTON

••

860C-037

•• 376-24A

COMPONENT LOCATIONS

Pay attention to the location of the components of the fire suppression system. Take care not to damage heat sensors or wiring, this includes hitting, cutting, bending, denting, etc. Damage to heat sensors due to shock could cause an accidental discharge of the system. Cut, pinched, or kinked wiring could cause false signals and an accidental discharge of the system.

“PUSH TO TEST” BUTTON

SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL

• Operate the machine and depress the Push to TEST button to confirm the automatic engine shutdown feature is working.

• Check the manual actuation switch to make sure that all tamper indicators are in place, operating instructions are visible and access is unobstructed.

• Read the owners manual applicable to the system installed on this machine for additional information on operation, service and AMEREX warranty requirements.

In addition, thermostats are sensitive to heat from welding torches, steam cleaning or other outside sources which may create a false discharge of the system.

If any of the components are damaged, replace them immediately before operating the machine.

It is also important to take care around the chemical cylinder. The chemical cylinder is pressurized and can explode if struck with sufficient force. Pressurized cylinders are extremely hazardous.

BI-YEARLY

WARNING

• Check the system owners manual for correct recertification intervals. These are required for insurance policy.

Failure to follow the system manufacturer instructions and guidelines may result in property damage, serious bodily injury and death.

2.35

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher 3. Turn the water supply OFF at this valve and relieve the pressure in the rubber hose when not in use.

17. PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM GAUGE

MANIFOLD

•• •• •• ••

HOSE AND NOZZLE

PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM

••

SCHRADER VALVE SHUT OFF VALVE

DO NOT EXCEED 35 PSI

35

PSI

SCHRADER VALVE

••

SHUT OFF VALVE

FIRE EXTINGUISHER

26879A R0

The pressure gauge on the manifold should read 2.4 Bar (35 psi). DO NOT EXCEED 2.4 Bar (35 psi).

860-124

860C-167

FILL & CHARGE PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM

PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM

a. Open the water shut off valve and completely discharge all water and compressed air from the tank via the hose and nozzle.

OPERATION: 1. Open the red enclosure door on the right side of the machine and lift out the hose and nozzle.

2. Turn the hand operated shut off valve on the manifold to the ON position.

b. Slowly unscrew the fill plug two full turns.

Any remaining air in the tank will be heard expelling from the special fill plug. Do not remove fill plug until all air has been expelled. c.

This will draw water from the 79L (21 US gal) pressurized holding tank located in the machine service compartment.

FILL PLUG

NOTE: When temperatures below 0°C (32°F) are anticipated, add a Nontoxic RV Antifreeze or other suitable antifreeze solution to the water.

TANK

••

•• ••

Close the water shut off valve and fill the tank with water. (Tank capacity is approximately 79L (21 US gal).

NOTE: Most Nontoxic RV Antifreeze solutions contain corrosion and algae inhibitors, it is therefore suggested that this solution be added to the water on a continual basis regardless of temperature conditions.

SUPPLY HOSE

d. Install fill plug in tank.

860C-168

e. Charge the water tank with compressed air by connecting an air hose to the air charge schrader valve on the manifold near the pressure gauge. Pressurize to 2.4 Bar (35 psi). DO NOT EXCEED this pressure.

HOLDING TANK 2.36

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

18. FILTER, RE-CIRCULATING AIR - A/C UNIT Air in the cab is drawn into the A/C-HEATER unit via this filter and re-circulated. The filter should be inspected and cleaned on a regular basis. The A/C will not cool efficiently if these filters become dirty or plugged.

20

••

18

20

•• ••

860-014/013

HOT WATER SHUT OFF VALVES 20. HOT WATER SHUT OFF VALVES (ENGINE)

822-D22

To maximize the efficiency of the air conditioning, the heat control (C) on the A/C heater control panel must be rotated to the MAX COLD position. During times when the cab heating is not required close both of the HOT WATER SHUT OFF VALVES on the engine block, this will prevent hot water from seeping through the A/C unit and thereby reducing the effectiveness of the cooling system.

RE-CIRCULATING AIR FILTER

19. FILTER, FRESH AIR - A/C UNIT Outside air is continuously drawn into the cab air conditioning unit through this filter and mixed with interior air from the cab. The filter is located on the right side of cab and can be serviced from the outside by removing the two fasteners holding the hinged cover.

19

••

822-D23

FRESH AIR FILTER

The filter should be inspected on a regular basis and cleaned/replaced when dirty or wet.

NEVER operate air conditioner without a filter installed.

2.37

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

••

21

23

••

22

•• 24

•• ••

••

•• ••

••

RETAINING KNOB AND CLAMP BRACKET

••

24

••

822-D25

INTERIOR LIGHTS, EMERGENCY EXITS

21. INTERIOR LIGHTS Slide the light lens to activate the switch.

822-D26

ESCAPE HATCH, EMERGENCY EXIT 24. ESCAPE HATCH, EMERGENCY EXIT

22

This is a third cab exit for use if the side exit and the front door exit become blocked. Shut off the engine before using this exit. There are two retaining knobs on the inside to allow removal of the hatch. These knobs should only be HAND TIGHTENED to allow them to be unscrewed in case of an emergency.

••

860C-016

It should be noted that the escape hatch on this machine can only be opened from inside the operator cab.

AM/FM STEREO RADIO/CD

22. AM/FM STEREO RADIO/CD

For more information refer to ESCAPE HATCH AND SIDE DOOR EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE in this section.

Refer to the manual provided by the stereo manufacturer for operation and safety warnings.The system is equipped with dual front mounted speakers.

WARNING Heat from sun exposure can cause the exit seals to bond to the painted surfaces of the cab. Careless use of glues or sealants to repair leaks also bond the exit panel.

Failure to follow the proper maintenance procedures can result in the exit being unusable in an emergency.

23

••

822-D29

SIDE DOOR EMERGENCY EXIT

23. SIDE DOOR EMERGENCY EXIT This side door serves as one of two emergency exit routes from the cab. Shut off the engine before using this exit. Opening the side door WILL NOT DE-ACTIVATE the pilot system. For this reason, only use this door in an emergency. In the event that it cannot be used, use the emergency escape hatch in the roof of the cab.

2.38

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation The escape hatch should move without using excessive force.

SIDE DOOR AND ESCAPE HATCH EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE

If the escape hatch does not move without excessive force refer to ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL FOR MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR and ESCAPE HATCH REPLACEMENT in this section.

Two alternate exit routes are provided on the left side and roof of the cab. These are only to be used if the front door cannot be opened.

It is therefore essential that these emergency exits be checked at least once per month to ensure they are fully operational.

3. Engage clamp bracket in the slot of the cab roof bracket and re-tighten the hand knobs hand tight.

It is also important that snow, debris and particularly ice not be allowed to build up in these areas. Check frequently and remove any accumulation immediately.

NOTE: If the hand knobs become loose when operating the machine, the nylon inserts in the studs should be replaced.

ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL FOR MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR:

CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR SIDE DOOR:

REMOVE BOTH CLAMP BRACKETS

822-D29

INTERIOR HANDLE

822-D28

EXTERIOR HANDLE

••

1. Open the side door twice, once using the interior latch handle and once using the exterior handle.

CLAMP BRACKET

UNSCREW RETAINING KNOB FOUR COMPLETE TURNS 822-D31

••

1. Unscrew both of the retaining knobs and remove the two clamp brackets.

2. Push open the escape hatch from the inside.

••

822-D30

ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL

In the event that the hatch has become bonded to the cab roof due to improper maintenance, use a pry bar taking care not to damage the sealing surface of the roof.

CHECK ESCAPE HATCH

WARNING

2. Check for proper operation of both handles, latches and hinges. Adjust and/or lubricate any part of the mechanism that requires attention.

Heat from sun exposure can cause the exit seals to bond to the painted surfaces of the cab. Careless use of glues or sealants to repair leaks also bond the exit panel.

Failure to follow the proper maintenance procedures can result in the exit being unusable in an emergency.

CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR ESCAPE HATCH: 1. Partially unscrew both of the interior retaining knobs, four complete revolutions.

3. Refer to ESCAPE HATCH REPLACEMENT in this section for instructions on the proper method to be used when replacing the escape hatch.

2. Disengage clamp brackets from the slot on the cab roof attachment bracket.

2.39

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

ESCAPE HATCH REPLACEMENT:

FOAM SEAL

NOTE: Do not apply silicone sealant between the Escape Hatch and the Cab Roof. Silicone in these areas can bond the escape hatch to the cab, preventing their removal.

APPLY GREASE TO TOP SURFACE OF FOAM SEAL BETWEEN SEAL AND ESCAPE HATCH

1. Clean all mating surfaces on both the escape hatch and the cab roof. Remove any silicone residue that may have been used to seal the joint.

2. Make sure that the escape hatch gasket is in good condition. Replace if damaged.

NYLON INSERT

••

‘C’ CHANNEL RUBBER

••

CAB ROOF

•• APPLY GREASE TO ‘C’ CHANNEL RUBBER BETWEEN CHANNEL AND CAB ROOF

LH830-06

SKY LIGHT

CROSS SECTION OF ESCAPE HATCH SEAL

5. To prevent foam seal or rubber ‘C’ channel from sticking to the escape hatch or roof over time, apply a thin film of Tigercat part number AM926 dielectric non-curing silicone lubricant to the contact surfaces of foam seal and rubber ‘C’ channel. Remove excess spray with a dry rag so no build up remains.

•• CAB

WARNING

••

822-01

••

••

ESCAPE HATCH

Heat from sun exposure can cause the exit seals to bond to the painted surfaces of the cab. Careless use of glues or sealants to repair leaks also bond the exit panel.

Failure to follow the proper maintenance procedures can result in the exit being unusable in an emergency.

NYLON STUD REPLACEMENT

6. Install the escape hatch on the roof and engage the clamp bracket in the cab roof bracket slot and hand-tighten the hand knobs.

3. Replace the nylon inserts in each stud, leaving approximately 1/8” protruding at each end to prevent the hand knobs from becoming loose under vibration.

4. Apply an anti-seize compound to the stud threads on the escape hatch and engage the hand knob threads 3 revolutions with the washer and clamp bracket in place as illustrated.

2.40

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

IQAN-MDM COMPUTER DISPLAY AND CONTROL SYSTEM MENUS SWITCH

••

••

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

IQAN-MDM COMPUTER DISPLAY MODULE)

•• •• 2

822C-05

••

IQAN DISPLAY MODULE

IQAN-MDM COMPUTER DISPLAY

1

The IQAN Master Display Module (MDM) computer display is the operator interface with the IQAN control system. The IQAN-MDM is the central unit in the IQAN control system which works as both a master control and a display unit.

•• F1 BUTTON 860C-024

••

••

••

••

•• F2 BUTTON

F3 BUTTON

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

5

MDM Display/Control Module (XS-A0) Cab Module (XT2-A0) Engine Module Engine Control Module (XP2-A0) Leveler Module (Leveler Only)

NOTE: XP2-A0 module is standard on 870*2101 to 870*2499.

SCROLL UP/DOWN BUTTON

Inputs: The computer monitors analogue, digital, and J1939 inputs (CAN Bus inputs). CAN Bus is a data bus system that allows several input/output signals to be sent between modules through a reduced number of wires.

Outputs:

ESCAPE BUTTON

The computer directs a proportional output (24 Volt electrical current) to the solenoids on the pilot manifold, attachment valve, main pump, fan valve, and leveling valve (if equipped).

MDM COMPUTER MODULE

The IQAN-MDM computer is mounted on the right side of the cab roof air plenum. The computer displays, controls and monitors the following machine functions: • • • • •

••

4

XSCAB MODULEAG010 DISPLAYMODULEAG009 XP2FRAMECRANEMODULE

The IQAN-MDM has a backlit graphic LCD display. Three function buttons (F1, F2 and F3), an up/down scrolling button and an escape button are used by the operator to move through menus to view and adjust the settings of the IQAN control system.

LCD DISPLAY

ECM

••

3

The MENUS switch, located to the left of the IQAN-MDM display is used to select between the ALTERNATE MENUS and the SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS MENUS.

Hydraulic Cooling Fan Attachment Wrist CW/CCW Attachment Clamp Arm Open/Close Attachment Accumulating Arm Open/Close Leveling Functions (Leveler Only)

Press the top of the MENUS switch to display the ALTERNATE MENUS. Refer to COMPUTER ~ ALTERNATE MENUS in this section.

Press the bottom of the MENUS switch to display the SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS MENUS. Refer to COMPUTER ~ DIAGNOSTICS ADJUSTMENT MENUS in this section.

2.41

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

SYSTEM WARNING MESSAGES and INFORMATION MESSAGES are displayed on the IQAN-MDM screen regardless of the position of the MENUS switch.

The master alarm on the instrument panel will sound whenever an ENGINE ALARM, HYDRAULIC OIL HOT, ENGINE COOLANT HOT, CHARGE AIR COOLER HOT, FAN SERVICE MODE ON, ENGINE AIR FILTER RESTRICTION, or ENCLOSURE DOOR(S) OPEN warning message is shown on the screen. When a ROOF OPEN warning message, ENCLOSURE DOOR(S) open warning message or PILOT ON information message is displayed, a warning light on the instrument panel will also notify the operator. Refer to COMPUTER ~ SYSTEM WARNING MESSAGES in this section.

NOTE: The IQAN control system is softwarebased. This software may be updated after the machine is in service as a part of on-going product improvement programs and service newsletters. The information contained in this manual is accurate at the time of printing.

Improvements to the machine and/or software are on-going and may not be covered. In these cases contact your Tigercat dealer for appropriate information.

2.42

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

ALTERNATE MENUS

ATTACH

Press the top of the MENUS switch to display the ALTERNATE MENUS. The display will appear as shown. If the display does not appear as shown press the ESCAPE button repeatedly until it does appear as shown.

822C-54

1. Tree Counter This electronic menu display provides access to the tree counter function.

Press RESET (F3) to reset the tree counter to zero.

860C-072

The tree counter function provides the operator with an automatic count of the number of times the CLAMP CLOSE button is pressed. Refer also to CLAMP ARMS CONTROL, JOYSTICK in this section.

Press the F1 or F3 buttons on the IQAN-MDM display unit to view the ATTACH or SERVICE menu displays as indicated on the LCD menu display.

Use the F1, F2 or F3 function button to move through the menus as indicated on the LCD menu display.

Use the ESCAPE button to move back to the previous menu display.

SCROLL BUTTON

822C-55

2. Cycle Counter F1 BUTTON 860C-072

F2 BUTTON

F3 BUTTON

This electronic menu display provides access to the cycle counter function.

ESCAPE BUTTON

MDM COMPUTER MODULE

Press RESET (F3) to reset the cycle counter to zero.

The cycle counter function provides the operator with a count of the number of times the right joystick button # 1 is pressed. This function provides a custom counter for use as required by the operator.

BUTTON #1

860C-002

2.43

RIGHT HAND JOYSTICK

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

SERVICE 3. Machine Service - Hydraulic Oil This electronic menu display provides access to the machine service hydraulic oil type selection mode.

860C-073

When the type of oil is selected, the display returns to the Machine Service display. Press ESC. 860C-073

Select HYD OIL (F1) or ALARMS (F3) can be selected. Press ALARMS (F3) to reset all active/bypassed alarms.

Press HYD OIL (F1) to access Select Hydraulic Oil Grade - Current Hyd Oil. 860C-072

The display returns to ATTACH - SERVICE. FUEL 4. Trip Fuel Consumption

860C-074

Press ISO 22 (F1), ISO 32 (F2), or NEXT (F3)

860C-072

Select FUEL (F2). This menu display provides access to the Trip Fuel Consumption function.

860C-075

Press ISO 36 (F1), ISO 46 (F2), or NEXT (F3)

860-235

The Trip Fuel function provides the operator with Average Fuel Rate L/h (Gal/h).

860C-076

Press ISO 68 (F1) or NEXT (F3) 2.44

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

Press RESET (F3) to reset the Fuel Rate to zero.

Press the bottom of the MENUS switch to display the IQAN-MDM diagnostic and function adjustment menus.

NOTE: Whenever an alarm is activated, the current display menus are replaced with the alarm warning message. When the alarm function is cleared, diagnostic and function adjustment menus appear. Press the top of the MENUS switch to display the ALTERNATE MENUS. 1014-D001B

SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS AND FUNCTION ADJUSTMENT MENUS

Press the ESC button to display one of 5 menus (MODE, INFORMATION, SETTINGS, MEASURE AND PROPERTIES) that access system diagnostics and function adjustment menus.

DISPLAY

MENUS SWITCH

Use the SCROLL UP/DOWN buttons to scroll through the menus.

Use the F1, F2, and F3 buttons to select the highlighted menu options located above each button in the LCD menu display.

822C-05

Use the ESC button to move back to the previous menu display.

IQAN DISPLAY MODULE

Press the bottom of the MENUS switch to display the IQAN-MDM system diagnostics and function adjustment menus.

DATE

TIME

OPERATOR MODE

SCROLL BUTTON

SOFTWARE VERSION

F1 BUTTON 860-141

F2 BUTTON

F3 BUTTON

ESCAPE BUTTON

MDM COMPUTER MODULE

The display should show the current time, date, operator mode and software version identification.

2.45

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

MENU DESCRIPTIONS

SOUND (F1) allows the computer volumes to be adjusted.

DATE (F2) and TIME (F3) allow a change to the computer date and time.

630C-70

1. MODE MENU DESCRIPTION Not currently used; no modes to select.

1014-D097

4. MEASURE MENU DESCRIPTION INPUTS (F1) and OUTPUTS (F2) allow Input and output VOLTAGE and CURRENT to be measured.

OTHER (F3) allows the EVENT COUNTER and the J1939 CANBUS DATA to be viewed.

1014-D095

2. INFORMATION MENU DESCRIPTION APPLIC. (F1) Displays the software application information, including comments.

MODULES (F2) displays module information, including status, software information and hardware information.

822C-56

WARNING

5. PROPERTIES MENU DESCRIPTION

Do not make adjustments in this menu.

Machine warning alarms can be disabled in this menu.

FUNCTION PARAMETERS for adjustable machine functions.

Select INPUTS (F1) for adjustable machine functions.

Select OUTPUTS (F2) for adjustable machine functions.

1014-D096

3. SETTINGS MENU DESCRIPTION LCD (F1) allows adjustment to the CONTRAST and LIGHT (BRIGHTNESS).

LANGUAGE (F2) allows a change to language on the display.

2.46

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

MENU OPERATION LATEST CHANGE DATE & TIME

1. MODE MENU OPERATION Not currently used; no modes to select.

KEY I.D. KEY LABEL

860-139

Press ESC, then press COMMENT (F2) to show application COMMENTS. 860C-101

2. INFORMATION MENU OPERATION Machine software application and module status information can be viewed in this menu.

APPLICATION INFORMATION

860-138

Press APPLIC (F1) to select APPLICATION INFORMATION.

The display displays up to four rows of comments. Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to see more comments.

860-140 860-142

Press MORE (F1) to show LATEST CHANGE DATE and TIME, KEY I.D. and KEY LABEL.

2.47

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher CHANGE LIGHT (DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS)

1014-D096 630C-27

3. SETTINGS MENU OPERATION

Press LIGHT (F2) to select LCD LIGHT.

The computer display contrast, light, language, sound volume, date and time can be adjusted from this menu.

A. LCD Press LCD (F1) to select LCD SETTINGS. CHANGE CONTRAST

630C-73

Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to change the BRIGHTNESS and press OK (F1) to save the settings and return to the previous menu.

Press CANCEL (F2) or ESC to return the character display to the previous display without saving any new setting.

630C-27

Press CONTRAST (F1) to select LCD CONTRAST.

Reset Light RESET (F3) resets the character display brightness to the preset factory value of 100.

630C-74

Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to change the CONTRAST and press OK (F1) to save the setting and return to the previous menu.

Press CANCEL (F2) or ESC to return the character display to the previous display without saving any new setting.

Reset Contrast RESET (F3) resets the character display contrast to the preset factory value of 30.

2.48

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

B. LANGUAGE SETTINGS

C. SOUND SETTINGS

Press LANGUAGE (F2) to select LANGUAGE SETTINGS.

Adjust the BUZZER VOLUME and change the BUTTON SOUND.

CHANGE LANGUAGE

To access the SOUND tab, press MORE (F3) from the SETTINGS menu.

1014-D096 1014-D110

Press LANGUAGE (F2) to display the current languange.

Press SOUND (F1) to select SOUND SETTINGS. CHANGE ALARM VOLUME

1014-D109

Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to change the LANGUAGE and press OK (F1) to save the settings and return to previous menu.

630C-75

Press ALARM (F1) to select ALARM SOUND.

Press CANCEL (F2) or ESC to return the character display to the previous display without saving any new setting.

630C-76

Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to change the VOLUME and press OK (F1) to save the setting and return to previous menu.

NOTE: There are 10 volume levels. 0 implies that sound is turned OFF and 100 is the loudest.

Press CANCEL (F2) or ESC to return the character display to the previous display without saving any new setting.

Reset the Volume RESET (F3) resets the alarm volume to the preset factory value of 50.

2.49

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

CHANGE BUTTON SOUND

D. DATE TIME SETTINGS

1014-D110

1014-D096

Press SOUND (F1) to select SOUND SETTINGS.

To access the SET CLOCK tab, press MORE (F3) from the SETTINGS menu.

630C-75

1014-D110

Press BUTTON (F2) to select BUTTON BEEP.

Press SET CLOCK (F2) to select the DATE and TIME.

630C-77 630C-78

Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to change the VOLUME and press OK (F1) to save setting and return to previous menu.

Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to select the desired value and then press SELECT (F1) to select the next entry from the list below.

NOTE: There are 10 button beep levels. 0 implies that the button beep is turned OFF and 100 is the loudest.

YEAR - MONTH - DAY - HOUR - MINUTE

Press CANCEL (F2) or ESC to return the character display to the previous display without saving any new setting.

Reset the Button Sound Level RESET (F3) resets the button sound level to the preset factory value of 50.

630C-78A

Once all values have been changed, press OK (F1) to save the settings and return to the previous menu or press CANCEL (F2) or ESC to return the character display to the previous display without saving any new settings.

2.50

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation •

Accumulation Mode - Turns the Accumulation Mode feature ON or OFF (1=ON, 0=OFF).

The accumulation mode function, when turned ON, allows the operator to select an accumulation mode (STANDARD, AUTOMATIC or SIMULTANEOUS).

Accumulation modes modify the operation of the accumulating arm and clamp arm controls. For complete information about controls refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in this section.

• Enable Door Sensors - Enables door sensors when ON. 0 = OFF, 1 = ON. • Horsepower Rating - This function is used to select 1=280 HP or 0=300 HP (default).

• *Intermittent Saw - Selects type of saw head: 0 = Disc saw felling head.

1 = Intermittent Bar Saw with Clamp Only.

2 = Intermittent Saw with Clamp & Accumulator Arms.

• *Auto Return Saw - Turns the auto return function OFF or ON as required (0=OFF, 1=ON).

OFF - Requires two buttons to function: - One button to extend saw - One button to retract saw ON - Requires one button to function.

- Press button to extend saw - Release button to retract saw • *Return Duration - Adjusts the return duration for an intermittent saw with auto return ON. NOTE: *Applicable to machines with Intermittent Saw option only.

1014-D097

4. MEASURE MENU OPERATION This menu is used by Tigercat service technicians. Refer to SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information.

822C-56

5. PROPERTIES MENU OPERATION Changes can be made to the settings for adjustable machine functions. Adjustments will only affect the settings in the current operator mode.

A. ADJUST FUNCTION PARAMETERS Adjustable functions include: • Timed Purge Interval - Adjusts the time interval between automatic cooling fan clean cycles.

• Fan Service Mode - This function is used to select 1=ON or 0=OFF. When ON this will reverse the fan directing the air flow away from a service technician who may be in the service compartment.

• Leveling - This function is used to select 1=ON for leveling machines or 0=OFF for non leveling machines • Forward Level Speed - Adjusts forward leveling speed • Rear Level Speed - Adjusts backward leveling speed.

For more detailed instructions and information about electronic adjustment of the leveling system refer also to LEVELING ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE in this section.

2.51

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

EXAMPLE:

822C-77 822C-56

Press OTHER (F3) to select other properties for adjustment.

Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to select the type of output you wish to adjust.

Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to adjust parameter settings or press RESET (F3) to return to the factory default settings.

822C-78

620C-73

Press SELECT (F1) to select.

822C-76

Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to select the output you wish to adjust.

Press SELECT (F1) to select a function parameter for adjustment.

2.52

Select OK (F1) to confirm new setting.

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation CURRENT OUT (COUT) The COUT channel maintains a constant output current to control proportional solenoids. The voltage is regulated to maintain the constant current based on the resistance of the circuit.

These settings (defined below) fine tune the operating speeds and start/stop ramps for the adjustable current out operated functions.

822C-56

MINIMUM CURRENT Minimum current settings control function start speed. Coils on hydraulic valves require a certain amount of current before they begin to operate the valve. The Min current value is the current that will be sent to the hydraulic valve coil when the function switch is activated.

B. ADJUST OUTPUTS Adjustable outputs include: •

Right Level Cylinder (Current Out)

•

Left Level Cylinder (Current Out)

•

Wrist Attachment (Current Out)

•

Clamp - Attachment (PWM Out)

•

Accumulator - Attachment (PWM Out)

The Min current is adjusted to a value that causes the function to just begin to move.

MAXIMUM CURRENT Maximum current settings control the maximum speed the function will operate.

For more detailed instructions and information about electronic adjustment of the leveling system refer also to LEVELING ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE in this section.

START/STOP SLOPE Start and stop slope is the time it will take for the current to rise from minimum to maximum and maximum to minimum respectively.

For more detailed instructions and information about electronic adjustment of the attachment functions refer also to ATTACHMENT ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE in this section.

Adjustable Outputs CURRENT OUT Right Level Cylinder Left Level Cylinder Wrist

PWM OUT Clamp- Attachmt 1 Accum- Attachmt 2

FINE CONTROL Fine Control changes the current output curve from being a straight line to being close to a type of curved line. Lower numbers create more output. Higher numbers create less output.

Function (+) extend cylinder extend cylinder extend cylinder

(-) retract cylinder retract cylinder retract cylinder

Min current (Ma) 300 300 375

Function (+) clamp CLOSE accum OPEN

(-) clamp OPEN accum CLOSE

Min MR (%) 60 50

2.53

Factory default values Max current Start slope Stop slope (Ma) (Ms) (Ms) 600 250 250 600 250 250 525 750 500

Fine control (%) 0 0 0

Factory default values Max MR Start slope Stop slope (%) (Ms) (Ms) 100 0 0 100 0 0

Fine control (%) 0 0

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

PWM OUT (PWMOUT) PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) Out is a way of producing an analog signal level with a digital output that turns on and off several times a second. By varying the ratio between the on and off time (modulation ratio or duty cycle), an output proportional to the system voltage can be obtained. PWMOUT maintains a constant output voltage, and the output current is governed by the resistance in the circuit.

630C-105

Press SELECT (F1) to select a function.

These settings (defined below) fine tune the operating speeds and start/stop ramps for the adjustable pwm out operated functions.

MINIMUM MR (MODULATION RATIO) Minimum MR settings control function start speed. Coils on hydraulic valves require a certain MR before they begin to operate the valve. The Min MR value is the modulation ratio that will be sent to the hydraulic valve coil when the function switch is activated.

DISPLAY 3

The Min MR is adjusted to a value that causes the function to just begin to move.

Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to select the output you wish to adjust.

MAXIMUM MR (MODULATION RATIO) Maximum MR setting controls the maximum speed the function will operate.

Press SELECT(+) (F1) or SELECT(-) (F2) to select a function and direction for adjustment.

START/STOP SLOPE Start and stop slope is the time it will take for the MR to rise from minimum to maximum and maximum to minimum respectively.

FINE CONTROL Fine Control changes the PWM output curve from being a straight line to being close to a type of curved line. Lower numbers create more output. Higher numbers create less output.

DISPLAY 6

Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to select the setting to be adjusted.

EXAMPLE:

Press SELECT (F1) to select.

822C-56

DISPLAY 8

Press OUTPUTS (F2) to select ouputs for adjustment.

Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to adjust the setting.

Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to select the type of output to be adjusted.

Select OK (F1) to confirm the new setting.

2.54

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

SAW CONTROL SYSTEM SETTING

WARNING Incorrect settings may cause unintended saw activation which could result in death or serious injury!

SETTING INTERMITTENT SAW FUNCTION PARAMETER Follow the procedure previously outlined to select the PROPERTIES menu and ADJUST FUNCTION PARAMETERS.

822C-56

Press OTHER(F3) to select other properties for adjustment.

Use UP/DOWN scroll buttons to select type of output you wish to adjust.

620C-73 822C-142

Press SELECT (F1) to select.

Use UP/DOWN scroll buttons to select the output you wish to adjust.

INTERMITTENT SAW This procedure is used to set the intermittent saw function parameters to match the type of saw head installed on the machine. The selections are: 0 = Disc saw felling head.

1 = Intermittent Bar Saw with Clamp Only.

2 = Intermittent Saw with Clamp and Accumulator Arms.

It is important that the computer control system function parameter setting match the type of saw head attached to this machine.

822C-142

Press SELECT(F1) to select Intermittent Saw function parameter for adjustment.

2.55

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher NOTE: If the incorrect function parameter setting is selected, the head may react differently than anticipated, causing harm to personnel or property when activated.

If converting a machine with an intermittent saw to carry a disc saw felling head, remember to change the function parameter to 0 or the saw will not run when the saw switch is turned on until the saw extend button is pressed. Also, if 1 or 2 is selected instead of 0 there would be a combined pump flow to the head resulting in over-speeding of the saw.

822C-143

Use UP/DOWN scroll buttons adjust parameter setting to select either: 0 = Disc saw felling head.

If converting a machine with disc saw felling head to carry an intermittent saw head - the function parameter must be set to 1 or 2 depending on the type of intermittent saw. If the setting is left at 0 (when an intermittent saw is in use) the intermittent saw will extend when the saw switch is turned on (without pressing the Saw Extend button).

NOTE: Accumulation Mode is disabled when the intermittent saw function is set to 1 or 2.

Accumulation Mode is for use with a disc saw felling head only.

822C-144

1 = Intermittent Bar Saw with Clamp Only.

822C-145

2 = Intermittent Saw with Clamp and Accumulator Arms.

Or press RESET (F1) to return to factory default setting.

Select OK (F1) to confirm new setting.

It is important that the computer control system function parameter setting match the type of saw head attached to this machine.

WARNING Incorrect settings may cause unintended saw activation which could result in death or serious injury!

2.56

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

SYSTEM WARNING MESSAGES When system warning messages are displayed the master alarm may sound, see specific warning message descriptions for details. All system warning messages are logged and recorded by the IQAN system for use by Tigercat service technicians. Operators should respond to all warning messages immediately by bringing the machine to a safe stop and investigating the cause of the alarm.

620C-43

NOTE: It is possible for an operator or service technician to disable this warning message. If the MODULE IS OFFLINE warning function is disabled for a module the first indication of a loss of communication or power to a module will be the loss of all machine functions controlled by the module and the triggering of all alarms and warnings associated with that module. This may cause problems in identifying the source of a control problem, as it will not be immediately obvious that a loss of communication or power to the module is the source of the problem.

The alarm can be acknowledged by pressing OK (F1), if applicable. Note that acknowledging the warning message does not address the cause of the alarm. Ignoring system warning messages may result in component damage and/ or subsequent malfunction. In addition, ignoring system warning messages may also affect warranty claims. All warning messages should be addressed immediately to help ensure the efficient long term operation of the machine and avoid costly repairs.

To greatly reduce the time required to diagnose a MODULE IS OFFLINE warning, it is recommended that all available modules ALWAYS be set to ENABLED as shown. This screen is accessed through the INFORMATION MENU which should normally be accessed by Tigercat service technicians only.

822C-62

MODULE IS OFFLINE SYSTEM WARNING The MODULE IS OFFLINE warning message indicates a loss of communication with or power to an IQAN module. The offline module is identified on the display screen.

When a module goes offline, all machine functions controlled by that module cease and all alarms and warnings associated with that module are triggered. If the problem is with the CAN wires. all modules beyond the problem module will also be affected.

H860C-11

CAUTION Do not make adjustments in this menu.

Machine service indicators can be affected.

H860C-10

2.57

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

INFORMATION/INTERACTIVE MESSAGES

822C-44 860C-255

3. PILOT SYSTEM OFF This warning will be displayed and PILOT OFF warning light will come on when the pilot system has been de-activated. To reset the pilot system, close the doors and press the PILOT ON (RESET) switch.

NOTE: See item 1. OK/BYPASS - MESSAGE INTERACTION item A.

1. OK/BYPASS - MESSAGE INTERACTION A. Pressing OK (F1) turns off the message and alarm (if applicable). The message/alarm will go away if the condition changes.

Or B. Pressing OK (F1) turns off the message and alarm ONLY if the condition that turned on the message is no longer active. Pressing BYPASS (F2) turns OFF message and/or alarm even if the condition is still true.

For more information on the pilot shut off system refer to PILOT SYSTEM OFF SWITCH, PILOT SYSTEM ON SWITCH, PILOT SYSTEM INTERLOCK SWITCH, PILOT ON LIGHT and PILOT OFF LIGHT in this section.

NOTE: All bypassed alarms are automatically reset after 30 minutes. If the conditions that turned on the message/alarm are still true, the message/alarm will re-activate.

H860C-03

4. ENCLOSURE DOOR(S) OPEN This warning will be displayed, the master alarm will sound and the ROOF/DOOR warning light will come on when the pilot system is ON and either the engine roof or R.H. engine service door is open for more than 2 seconds. The warning can be acknowledged on the IQAN MDM to silence the alarm but the warning light will stay on until the open door(s) is(are) closed.

860C-254

2. ALARMS IN BYPASS MODE This is an Active alarms bypassed message.

This message is displayed if any alarm has been bypassed. Pressing OK (F1) turns off the message.

Pressing RESET (F3) turns off all bypassed alarms. If the alarm conditions still exist the active alarm will reactivate.

2.58

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation OTHER INDEPENDENT ENGINE ALARMS The following alarm/error messages may also occur during engine operation.

822C-69

5. ENGINE ALARM This warning will be displayed and the master alarm will sound when a J1939 red stop signal is detected. See engine display module on the instrument panel for more detailed engine information. Refer also to INSTRUMENT PANEL ~ ENGINE DISPLAY AND DIAGNOSTIC MODULE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL for more information about the engine display module.

845C-056

HOT - Refer to Manual Engine Intake See service recommendations list below for possible cause and solution.

The following alarm/error messages may also accompany an engine alarm message.

845C-058

HOT - Refer to Manual Engine Coolant See service recommendations list below for possible cause and solution.

Service Recommendations • Reduce load on engine.

• Operate cooling fan in CLEAN cycle mode.

• Check heat exchanger/cooler package (Radiators) for dirty or blocked intake area.

• Check engine air intake filter.

• Check cooling fan for correct operation.

NOTE: See item 1. OK/BYPASS - MESSAGE INTERACTION item B.

2.59

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

845C-057

845C-059

6. ENGINE AIR FILTER RESTRICTION

7. HOT HYDRAULIC OIL

This message will be displayed when the engine air filter becomes resricted. When this happens the engine air cleaner requires immediate service. Refer to SECTION 3 of this manual for recommended service proceedure.

This warning will be displayed, the alarm warning light will flash and the alarm will sound when the oil temperature exceeds the recommended operating range for the type of hydraulic oil in use.

NOTE: See item 1. OK/BYPASS - MESSAGE INTERACTION item B.

NOTE: See item 1. OK/BYPASS - MESSAGE INTERACTION item B.

If the temperature rises above the recommended operating range for the type of hydraulic oil in use check the following:

IMPORTANT! Operating the machine in the bypass mode for an extended period after this alarm has been activated may result in premature engine failure. It is highly recommended that the air filter be serviced immediately.

• • • • • •

Plugged oil cooler Malfunction in a hydraulic system High loads on the hydraulic system Malfunction of the cooling fan Low hydraulic oil level Correct Hydraulic Oil Grade Selection

DO NOT continue to operate the machine if the hydraulic oil temperature rises above the recommended operating range.

This alarm must not be used to monitor the hydraulic oil. The operator must use the hydraulic oil temperature gauge on the instrument panel, together with the operating range chart in SECTION 3, to prevent damage to the hydraulic system.

Operating outside the recommended operating range will shorten hydraulic component life.

Refer to COMPUTER ~ ALTERNATE MENUS - SERVICE ~ HYDRAULIC OIL GRADE in this section for hydraulic oil grade selection settings information.

Refer also to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of this manual for hydraulic oil operating range information.

2.60

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

822C-60

822C-48

8. FAN CLEAN MODE

This message will be displayed whenever the service mode is placed in the 1=ON position for servicing the machine. See ADJUST FUNCTION PARAMETERS in this section for selecting fan service mode.

This message will be displayed while the cooling fan control is performing a CLEAN cycle. The graphical display indicates to the operator the percentage of the cycle completed.

The service mode is used in the 1=ON position whenever a Service Technician is in the Service Compartment performing tests with the engine running. Reversing the fan rotation redirects the airflow away from the service technician. When service checks are complete select 0=OFF to return the fan to the normal cooling mode.

The CLEAN cycle is either operated manually from the COOLING FAN SWITCH or automatically by the timed purge function of the computer control system. The pilot system must be ON to operate the clean cycle.

Refer also to COOLING FAN SWITCH and COMPUTER ~ DIAGNOSTICS ~ ADJUST FUNCTION PARAMETERS in this section.

NOTE: See item 1. OK/BYPASS - MESSAGE INTERACTION item A.

NOTE: See item 1. OK/BYPASS - MESSAGE INTERACTION item A.

NOTE: If the engine speed falls to 875 rpm or less, service mode is automatically overridden and the fan defaults to the forward direction.

9. FAN OVERRIDE MODE

11. FAN AND ALARM TEMPERATURES

822C-49

This message will be displayed whenever the cooling fan switch is placed in the FULL ON position. Refer also to COOLING FAN SWITCH in this section.

NOTE: See item 1. OK/BYPASS - MESSAGE INTERACTION item A. 10. FAN SERVICE MODE

2.61

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Warm-Up Mode Off - This is the minimum hydraulic oil temperature that must be reached before the warm-up mode is deactivated which allows the hydraulics to operate at full capacity and the engine to go to full speed. The temperature is dependent on the oil grade selected in IQAN. Fan Start Temperature - This is the temperature of the monitored function that the computer uses to start increasing the fan speed to increase the cooling of that function to prevent the function from increasing to the alarm temperature. The hydraulic oil temperature is dependent on the oil grade selected in IQAN. The computer monitors all of the functions, and the fan speed is determined by the function that exceeds the fan start temperature the most or for the longest time period. It is normal for the fan to cycle from low to high speed and back to low until all function temperatures stabilize for the operating conditions.

H855C-30

the machine is in warm up mode. The warm up mode limits engine rpm and applies anti-stall so that the system can be warmed up gradually from a cold start.

As hydraulic oil temperature increases the system will automatically allow the engine rpm to increase. The warmup mode operates automatically on cold start ups within a hydraulic oil temperature range. The temperature range will vary based on the computer control system hydraulic oil settings.

NOTE: See item 1. OK/BYPASS - MESSAGE INTERACTION item A.

Alarm Temperature - This is the temperature of the monitored function that the computer uses to activate an alarm and display a message on the IQAN screen. Note that the temperature is dependent on the oil grade selected in IQAN.

For more information about hydraulic oil settings refer to COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM ~ ALTERNATE MENUS ~ MACHINE SERVICE - HYDRAULIC OIL. For proper operation, the computer control system hydraulic oil settings should match the type of hydraulic oil in use.

12. WARM UP MODE This message will be displayed whenever

2.62

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation The accumulation mode feature is available only when the accumulation mode function parameter is turned ON (1=ON). For more information regarding the adjustment of the accumulation mode function parameter refer to COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM (IQAN MDM DISPLAY)~DIAGNOSTICS ADJUSTMENT MENUS~ADJUST FUNCTION PARAMETERS (PROPERTIES MENU) in this section.

845C-26

845C-27

822C-57

822C-72

845C-25

14. JOYSTICK BUTTON INTERLOCK

13. ACCUMULATION MODE

This message will be displayed whenever a joystick button interlock occurs. The joystick button interlock prevents accidental operation of the joystick button functions as the pilot system is reset (door closed and pilot ON switch pressed). Joystick buttons activated (either by the operator or due to button malfunction) during a pilot system reset must first be released before they will operate normally.

One of these messages will be displayed when an accumulation mode is selected by the operator.

When the accumulation mode feature is turned ON, accumulation mode selection is done using the mode selection switch. The mode selection switch is located on the left hand joystick (center right button). The mode selection switch operates only when the pilot system is ON.

NOTE: See item 1. OK/BYPASS - MESSAGE INTERACTION item A.

The switch must be held down for at least 1 second to switch modes. When a mode is selected a beep will sound and the screen display will indicate which mode has been selected.

For more information on the pilot system reset refer to PILOT SYSTEM ON SWITCH, PILOT SYSTEM INTERLOCK SWITCH, PILOT ON LIGHT and PILOT OFF LIGHT in this section.

If the switch is held down, the computer control system will scroll through the available modes until the button is released.

Refer also to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in this section.

NOTE: See item 1. OK/BYPASS - MESSAGE INTERACTION item A. 2.63

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

860C-233

860C-232

15. ER MODE There are two ER Modes.

ER Mode - Currently ON or ER Mode Currently OFF The default mode is ER Mode Currently ON. To select ER Mode Currently OFF press the momentary switch on the instrument panel to turn the ER Mode OFF. The ER function will remain off untill the operator either turns off the ignition key or presses on the ER Mode switch to turn the ER function ON. When the pilot switch is turned off and then back on, the computer will sound an alarm and display the following message: ER Mode - Currently ON or ER Mode Currently OFF Press the F1 button to acknowledge the alarm and to turn the alarm off.

2.64

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

LEVELING ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

CHECKING LEVELING SPEED (CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES)

Adjustments to the leveling system through the PROPERTIES MENU of the IQAN control system electronically adjust the performance of the leveling system to suit operating conditions. Refer also to COMPUTER ~ (PROPERTIES) MENU OPERATION in this section.

1. Ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

2. Ensure no other personnel are in the area during this procedure. Start the engine and set the throttle speed to HIGH IDLE. 3. Close the cab door and press the PILOT RESET switch to activate the pilot system.

Two types of adjustment can be made to the leveling system:

4. Place the ANTI-STALL switch in the OFF position.

CYLINDER OPERATING SPEEDS Forward Level Speed and Rear Level Speed function parameter adjustments provide a means for setting the leveling FORWARD/ BACKWARD cylinder operating speed.

5. Press the REAR tilt leveling switch and fully retract BOTH cylinders.

6. Press the FORWARD tilt leveling switch and fully ** extend the cylinders. Record the cycle time from stop to stop.

CYLINDER TRACKING The Right Level Cylinder and Left Level Cylinder current out adjustments provide for setting the cylinder operation of both cylinders to prevent tracking (one cylinder extending or retracting faster then the other).

7. Operate the REAR tilt leveling switch and fully ** retract the cylinders. Record the cycle time from stop to stop.

8. If required, adjust the computer control system settings for forward leveling speed or rear leveling speed to achieve the time outlined in the chart (PROPERTIES ~FUNCTION PARAMETERS). Refer to ADJUSTING FORWARD/REAR LEVEL SPEED in this section for the procedure.

These settings control the operation of the electro-hydraulic spool actuators which control the cylinder tracking and operating speeds by regulating the flow of oil from the leveling control valve to the leveling cylinders.

DANGER

NOTE: Adjustment of the FORWARD/ REAR speed is the setting required to obtain recommended cycle time. SIDE to SIDE speeds will be a product of these settings.

Extreme care and attention must be exercised when making adjustments to the leveling hydraulic and electrical circuits.

Ensure that all personnel not directly associated with the servicing are well clear of the machine.

The whole upper frame/cab/engine compartment, boom and attachment can tilt unexpectedly from side to side or forward and backwards during servicing, creating “pinch points” between the upper frame and track assembly and the ground.

NOTE: Some fine adjustments may be required to ensure that the upper frame does not track RIGHT or LEFT during the FORWARD/REAR movement. Refer to ADJUSTING CYLINDER TRACKING ~ ADJUSTING MAXIMUM/MINIMUM CURRENT for procedure. ** When extending or retracting cylinders to record the time, stop the cylinder just before it gets to the end of its stroke rather than let it bottom out and impose unnecessary loads on the cylinder parts and frame structures.

DANGER

TYPICAL CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES Recommended settings: CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES

23526A R0

TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH USE SUPPORT BRACE AS SHOWN WHEN SERVICING.

CYLINDER

CYL.

LEVEL - ‘FORWARD’...........8 SEC. LEVEL - ‘REAR’....................8 SEC.

2.65

CYCLE TIMES FULL EXTN. FULL RET.

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

ADJUSTING FORWARD/REAR LEVELING SPEED (CYLINDER OPERATING SPEED)

845C-29

5. Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to change the speed between 0% and 100% to obtain 8 seconds (Forward Level Speed) Cylinder Cycle Time then press OK (F1).

822C-56

1. Press the bottom of the MENUS switch to display the IQAN-MDM diagnostic and function adjustment menus.

6. Repeat steps 3 to 5 for the Rear Level Speed.

Press the ESC button, then scroll UP/DOWN to display PROPERTIES. Press OTHER (F3) to choose the FUNC. PARAM menu.

620C-73

2. Press SELECT (F1) to display the SELECT FUNCTION menu.

3. Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to the desired function.

845C-28

4. Press SELECT (F1) for Forward Level Sp.

2.66

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

ADJUSTING CYLINDER TRACKING Refer also to COMPUTER ~ (PROPERTIES) MENU OPERATION in this section for information about adjustable settings and factory default values (max current, min current, start slope, stop slope and fine control).

MAX CURRENT SETTING This procedure is used to set the maximum speed to retract (-) or extend (+) the left or right leveling cylinder.

DISPLAY 3

3. Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to select Right Level Cylinder menu and press SELECT (+) (F1).

EXAMPLE: If the right cylinder extends faster than the left cylinder it bottoms out first. Reducing the MAX CURRENT (+) Right Level Cylinder reduces the speed at which the right cylinder extends to match the left cylinder speed. Adjust as follows:

DISPLAY 6

4. Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to select the MAX CURRENT and press SELECT (F1).

5. Shown above MAX CURRENT (+) Right Level Cylinder function has been selected.

6. Adjust the MAX CURRENT value (600mA) using the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to increase (speed up Right Level Cylinder speed) or decrease (slow down Right Level Cylinder speed) the value.

822C-56

1. Press the ESC button, then scroll UP/DOWN to display PROPERTIES. Press OUTPUTS (F2) and use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to scroll though the menus to CURRENT OUT.

NOTE: In this example the right cylinder is extending faster than the left. The value should be reduced to slow down the extend speed.

DISPLAY2

2. Press SELECT (F1) to go to the SELECT FUNCTION menu.

DISPLAY 8

7. Use the UP/DOWN scroll button to decrease (DOWN) the value. Start by reducing the value by 10mA. 8. Press OK (F1) to save the selection.

9. Check the cylinder cycle times as previously outlined. Refer to CHECKING Leveling SPEED (CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES ) in this section.

2.67

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

10. If necessary, continue to adjust the MAX CURRENT value using the UP/DOWN scroll buttons until the desired speed is obtained.

3. Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to select Right Level Cylinder menu and press SELECT (+) (F1) or SELECT (-) (F2).

11. Press OK (F1) to save the new MAX CURRENT value and return to the previous menu.

For the level cylinder function this value is typically about 600Ma, however it will vary slightly from machine to machine (due to slight differences in the coils, spool cut on the valve, and various attachment manufacturers) – and of course, the largest factor in this case is operator preference.

DISPLAY 5C

4. Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to select MIN CURRENT menu. Press SELECT (F1).

NOTE: Pressing CANCEL (F2) or ESC returns the display to the previous menu without saving any changed values.

Shown above MIN CURRENT (-) Right Level Cylinder function has been selected and the setting is 300mA.

MIN CURRENT SETTING

DISPLAY 1

DISPLAY 5E

1. Press the ESC button, then use the UP/ DOWN scroll button to display PROPERTIES. Press OUTPUTS (F2) to choose the CURRENT OUT menu.

If the value shown is below 300mA, the switch for the selected circuit may not function. Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to adjust the MIN CURRENT to 300mA. Operate the Right Level Switch, the upper frame should start tilting right.

Press OK (F1) to save and return to the previous menu.

Press CANCEL (F2) or ESC to return to the previous menu without saving any changed value.

The MIN MR setting is now adjusted to the proper level. This level provides just enough spool shift for the function to begin to move.

DISPLAY 2

2. Press SELECT (F1) to go to SELECT FUNCTION menu.

For the level cylinder function, this value is typically about 300 Ma. However it will vary slightly from machine to machine (due to slight differences in the coils, spool cut on the valve, and various attachment manufacturers).

DISPLAY 3

2.68

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

START SLOPE SETTING

STOP SLOPE SETTING

1. The Start Slope is an adjustment for the amount of time that it takes for the function to ramp from minimum current to maximum current. If either the MIN CURRENT or MAX CURRENT values are improperly adjusted, the Start Slope may not produce the desired results.

1. The Stop Slope is an adjustment for the amount of time that it takes for the function to ramp from maximum current to minimum current. If either the MAX CURRENT or MIN CURRENT values are improperly adjusted, the Stop Slope may not produce the desired results.

DISPLAY 11

DISPLAY 12

2. The standard setting for the Start Slope is 250 ms (1/4 of a second).

2. The standard setting for the Stop Slope 250 ms (1/4 of a second).

Increasing this value will make the start acceleration smoother.

Increasing this value will make the deceleration smoother.

Decreasing this value will make the start acceleration more harsh (adding additional stresses to the cylinders).

Decreasing this value will make the deceleration more harsh (adding additional stresses to cylinders).

Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to scroll to START SLOPE and press SELECT (F1).

Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to set to desired value and press OK (F1) to save the new value.

Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to scroll to STOP SLOPE and press SELECT (F1).

Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to set to desired value and press OK (F1) to save the new value.

NOTE: All four instances of leveling stop slope should be set to the same value for smooth operation. [i.e., (+) Right Level Cylinder, (-) Right Level Cylinder, (+) Left Level Cylinder, (-) Left Level Cylinder]

NOTE: All four instances of leveling Start Slope should be set to the same value for smooth operation. [i.e., (+) Right Level Cylinder, (-) Right Level Cylinder, (+) Left Level Cylinder, (-) Left Level Cylinder]

2.69

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

DISPLAY 10

FINE CONTROL SETTING 1. In this application, the fine control is not typically used. Fine control is a feature that becomes very useful when using a proportional type input. In this case, the standard inputs from the joystick are all digital switches.

Fine Control should be set to 0% for this application.

2.70

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

ATTACHMENT ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

4. Press the bottom of the MENUS SWITCH to display the IQAN-MDM diagnostic and function adjustment menus.

Adjustments to the attachment control system through the PROPERTIES MENU of the IQAN control system electronically adjust the performance of the attachment to suit operating conditions. Refer to COMPUTER - (PROPERTIES) MENU OPERATION in SECTION 6 of this manual.

These settings control the operation of the electro-hydraulic spool actuators which control the cylinder tracking and operating speeds by regulating the flow of oil from the attachment control valve to the attachment cylinders or motors (high rotation).

822C-56

5. Press the ESC button and scroll UP/DOWN to display PROPERTIES.

Three types of adjustments can be made to the attachment control system:

6. Press OUTPUTS (F2) and scroll UP/DOWN to view the menus to PWM OUT for clamp arm or accumulator arm and CURRENT OUT for wrist function.

CLAMP ARM - PWM OUT Adjustments to fine tune the operating speed and start/stop ramps for the clamp arm open and close functions.

ACCUMULATING ARM - PWM OUT Adjustments to fine tune the operating speed and start/stop ramps for the accumulating arm open and close functions.

WRIST - CURRENT OUT Adjustments to fine tune the operating speed and start/stop ramps for the wrist clockwise and counterclockwise rotation functions.

630C-105B

PROCEDURE: For best results, ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature before making any adjustments. In addition, the function(s) being adjusted should be operated at a rate similar to normal operation to ensure that the coil is at a typical operating temperature.

Due to the nature of the electrical connections, some signals will vary with temperature and should always be adjusted at normal operating temperature to improve the accuracy of the adjustments for operating conditions and operator preference.

DISPLAY 2

7. Press SELECT(F1) to access the SELECT. FUNCTION menu.

8. Scroll UP/DOWN to access the function you wish to adjust (Clamp, Accumulator or Wrist attachment).

1. Ensure no other personnel are in the area during this procedure.

2. Turn the engine ON and set the throttle speed to HIGH IDLE. 3. Close the cab door and press the PILOT RESET switch to activate the pilot system.

2.71

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher EXAMPLE: CLAMP FUNCTION ADJUSTMENT The following example demonstrates the adjustment procedure for the clamp function.

NOTE: The adjustment procedures for the accumulator arm functions are similar.

822C-79

822C-80

9. At the Clamp-Attachmt screen press SELECT(+) (F1).

822C-80

You are now able to scroll through the following adjustments: • • • • •

Min MR Max MR Startslope Stopslope Fine Control

860-135

Each SELECT FUNCTION screen displays the current reading for modulation ratio (MR) with an option of selecting SELECT (+) (F1) or SELECT (-) (F2) function directions. Selecting positive (+) controls the valve spool shift in one direction, and negative (-) controls the valve spool shift in the other direction.

Refer to the ADJUSTABLE ATTACHMENT FUNCTIONS chart below for function direction information and factory default setting information for each of the three adjustable attachment functions.

Adjustable Outputs CURRENT OUT Right Level Cylinder Left Level Cylinder Wrist

PWM OUT Clamp- Attachmt 1 Accum- Attachmt 2

Function (+) extend cylinder extend cylinder extend cylinder

(-) retract cylinder retract cylinder retract cylinder

Min current (Ma) 300 300 375

Function (+) clamp CLOSE accum OPEN

(-) clamp OPEN accum CLOSE

Min MR (%) 60 50

2.72

Factory default values Max current Start slope Stop slope (Ma) (Ms) (Ms) 600 250 250 600 250 250 525 750 500

Fine control (%) 0 0 0

Factory default values Max MR Start slope Stop slope (%) (Ms) (Ms) 100 0 0 100 0 0

Fine control (%) 0 0

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

DETERMINE MINIMUM MR VALUE

822C-90 1

Temporarily reduce the maximum MR value to zero.

860-136B 1

Temporarily set the minimum MR value to zero.

15. At the MAX MR screen press SELECT (F1).

16. Scroll DOWN to reduce the value to zero. Do NOT press OK (F1).

10. At the MIN MR screen press SELECT (F1).

11. Scroll DOWN to reduce the value to zero and press OK (F1).

822C-91 1

17. Activate and hold the function being adjusted, in the direction being adjusted.

860-136A 1

12. Press the ESC button to return to the SELECT FUNCTION screen

(In this example, (+) Clamp-Attachmt, operate the clamp close function.)

This step is necessary to ensure that the zero setting is recognized by the computer control system. If this step is skipped the control system will not allow the operator to lower the MAX MR setting to zero as required for this procedure.

822C-91X 1

There should be no movement (notice that the value shown in brackets at the top right of the screen indicates the actual output to the control valve).

860-135 1

18. Scroll UP to begin increasing the Max MR value, while still holding the function.

13. Select the same function and direction again.

14. Scroll to the Max MR adjustment screen.

2.73

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher ADJUST MAXIMUM MR

822C-92 1 822C-93 1

19. Press OK (F1) once the function just begins to move.

The maximum MR is an adjustment of the maximum function speed.

20. Release the function control and note this value.

1. Scroll to the MAX MR adjustment screen.

2. At the MAX MR screen press SELECT (F1).

3. Scroll UP to increase the maximum MR value to the desired level for maximum function speed.

4. Press F1 (OK).

860-136A 1

21. Scroll DOWN to the MIN MR adjustment screen.

22. At the MIN MR screen press SELECT (F1).

822C-96

23. Scroll UP to increase it to the value determined above.

822C-90 1

24. Press OK (F1).

For the clamp function this value is typically about 100% MR, however will vary slightly from machine to machine (due to slight differences in the coils, spool cut on the valve, and various attachment manufacturers) – and of course, the largest factor in this case is operator preference.

860-136B 1

The MIN MR setting is now adjusted to the proper level. This level provides just enough spool shift for the function to begin to move.

For this function, the value is typically about 35% MR, however will vary slightly from machine to machine (due to slight differences in the coils, spool cut on the valve, and various attachment manufacturers).

2.74

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

ADJUST START SLOPE

•

Decreasing this value will make the deceleration more harsh (additional stresses on attachments, wrists, and boom systems).

1. Scroll UP/DOWN to STOP SLOPE. 2. Press SELECT (F1).

3. Scroll UP/DOWN to set the desired value.

4. Press OK (F1) to save new value.

NOTE: An excessively long start slope can give the operator a poor feel for the head, as if the function is always overshooting its intended target. The purpose for making this adjustable is to accommodate the various preferences of different operator’s for the feel of functions.

822C-97 1

The start slope is an adjustment for the amount of time that it takes for the function to ramp from the Minimum value to the Maximum value. If either the min MR or max MR values are improperly adjusted, the startslope may not produce the desired results.

•

The standard setting for the start slope on the wrist is 500ms (1/2 of a second).

•

Increasing this value will make the start acceleration smoother.

•

Decreasing this value will make the start acceleration more harsh (additional stresses on attachments, wrists, and boom systems).

822C-89 1`

1. Scroll UP/DOWN to START SLOPE.

ADJUST FINE CONTROL In this application, the fine control is not typically used. Fine control is a feature that becomes very useful when using a proportional type input. In this case, the standard inputs from the joystick are all digital switches.

2. Press SELECT (F1).

3. Scroll UP/DOWN to set the desired value.

4. Press OK (F1) to save new value.

Fine Control should be set to 0% for this application.

Repeat the steps outlined in DETERMINE MINIMUM MR VALUE, ADJUST MAXIMUM MR, ADJUST START SLOPE, ADJUST STOP SLOPE and ADJUST FINE CONTROL, from this section, for the (-) Wrist-Attachment function.

860-144 1

ADJUST STOP SLOPE The stop slope is an adjustment for the amount of time that it takes for the function to ramp from the Maximum value to the Minimum value. If either the min MR or max MR values are improperly adjusted, the stopslope may not produce the desired results.

•

The standard setting for the stop slope on the wrist is 500ms (1/2 of a second).

•

Increasing this value will make the deceleration smoother.

2.75

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

WRIST ADJUSTABLE OUTPUTS Wrist Attachment (Current Out) CURRENT OUT (COUT) The COUT channel maintains a constant output current to control proportional solenoids. The voltage is regulated to maintain the constant current based on the resistance of the circuit.

630C-105

The settings defined below fine tune the operating speeds and start/stop ramps for the adjustable current out operated functions.

1. Press OUTPUTS (F2) to select ouputs for adjustment.

• MINIMUM CURRENT Minimum current settings control function start speed. Coils on hydraulic valves require a certain amount of current before they begin to operate the valve. The Min current value is the current that will be sent to the hydraulic valve coil when the function switch is activated.

The min current is adjusted to a value that causes the function to just begin to move.

•

MAXIMUM CURRENT Maximum current settings control the maximum speed at which the function will operate.

•

START/STOP SLOPE Start and stop slope is the time it will take for the current to rise from minimum to maximum and maximum to minimum respectively.

•

FINE CONTROL Fine Control changes the current output curve from being a straight line to being close to a type of curved line. Lower numbers create more output. Higher numbers create less output.

2. Scroll UP/DOWN to select the type of output to be adjusted.

860C-314

3. Press SELECT (F1) to select.

4. Scroll UP/DOWN to select the output to be adjusted.

860C-313

EXAMPLE:

5. Press SELECT(+) (F1) or SELECT(-) (F2) to select a function and direction for adjustment.

6. Scroll UP/DOWN to select the setting to be adjusted.

7. Press SELECT (F1) to select.

8. Scroll UP/DOWN to adjust the setting.

9. Select OK (F1) to confirm new setting.

822C-56

2.76

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation AIR RIDE ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES After adjusting the seat height, the ride adjustment can be made by pulling or pushing the air ride control valve knob.

WARNING The seat belt supplied with this seat must be used at all times when operating this machine.

To stiffen the air ride For a stiffer ride push on the air ride adjustment knob to increase the air pressure in the suspension air bag.

OPERATOR SEAT - AIR RIDE ADJUSTMENTS

To soften the air ride For a softer ride, pull on the air ride adjustment knob to decrease the air pressure in the suspension air bag.

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES The spring assisted height adjustment is controlled by the height adjustment lever located on the front left side of the seat chassis.

The four height settings: top, bottom and two in between, provide a total height adjustment of 3”.

LUMBAR HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT

To raise the seat Firmly lift up on the height adjustment lever and partially lift your body weight from the seat. When the seat rises to the desired height, FIRMLY PUSH DOWN on the lever into the locking position (a click should be heard).

ARMREST ADJUSTMENT

To lower the seat Firmly lift up on the height adjustment lever and add body weight to the seat until the seat is at the desired height. FIRMLY PUSH DOWN on the lever into the locking position (a click should be heard).

SEAT ADJUSTMENTS

H855-084

VIEW FROM RIGHT REAR OF SEAT

2-WAY ADJUSTABLE LUMBAR To increase lumbar support pressure, turn the lumbar adjustment knob clockwise. To decrease lumbar support pressure, turn the lumbar adjustment knob counterclockwise

BACK ANGLE ADJUSTMENT

BACKREST - ANGLE ADJUSTMENT Push down on backrest angle adjustment lever to place backrest at the desired angle then release the lever.

LUMBAR HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT (NOT SHOWN)

SEAT - HORIZONTAL POSITION Move and hold the fore/aft slide leaver. Roll the seat forward or backward to the desired position relative to the foot pedal controls.

ARMREST ADJUSTMENT Each armrest has 2 adjustments to place it in the required position. Loosen the adjustment locking wingbolts to reposition the armrest height and fore/aft position.

RIDE ADJUSTMENT KNOB T726E-061

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT LEVER FORE/AFT SLIDE LEVER

2.77

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

PROBLEMS AND CORRECTIVE ACTION SEAT ADJUSTMENTS

SEAT TOO HIGH/SEAT TOO LOW There are several things which can cause improper seat height. Refer to the HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT and adjust seat to the desired position. If the proper height cannot be reached using one of the four height adjustment settings, it may be necessary to install the seat on a higher base.

BACK ANGLE ADJUSTMENT

LUMBAR HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT (NOT SHOWN)

RIDE ADJUSTMENT KNOB T726E-061

OPERATOR’S LEGS FALLING ASLEEP The seat is adjusted too high, and the air ride control valve has under pressurized the seat air suspension ride adjustment, resulting in the operator sitting in a “bucket”. Refer to height adjustment and RIDE ADJUSTMENT.

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT LEVER FORE/AFT SLIDE LEVER

RIDE IS TOO STIFF/SEAT TENDS TO PUSH OR THROW OPERATOR FORWARD The air ride control valve has over pressurized the seat air suspension. This typically happens because the operator is trying to use the air suspension to adjust the ride height rather than using height adjustment lever to raise the seat.

Refer to HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT. RIDES TOO SOFT OR BOTTOMS OUT AND PINCHES OPERATOR The air ride control valve has under pressurized the seat air suspension ride adjustment Insufficient pressure exaggerates the knee-action movement of the seat. This usually happens because the operator is trying to lower the seat by decreasing the amount of air pressure instead of using the Height Adjustment lever. Refer to HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT.

2.78

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

SERVICE ACCESS DOORS Service access doors: 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Main Service Compartment Door L.H. Access Door * R.H Access Door * Pump Compartment Access Door* Pump Compartment Cover Radiator Cleanout Door*

••

Provide access to the: A. B. C. D. E. F. G.

Engine Compartment Battery Compartment Radiator/Oil Cooler/Charge Air Cooler Fuel Tank Hydraulic Valves Hydraulic Tank Hydraulic Pump Compartment

860C-121

REAR CLEAN-OUT DOOR

1

C

3

4

D

A

5

9

6 D E

2

G

F

860C-245

2.79

B

6

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

CAUTION Be sure all personnel are clear of the main service compartment door before opening the door.

7

The Main Service Compartment Door (1) is opened hydraulically using an electric pump and two hydraulic cylinders (9). A switch (7), located on the instrument panel (8) in the cab, is used to open and close the door.

8

The power engine door circuit is closed and does not normally require scheduled maintenance other than lubrication of the cylinders and pivot points.

Tigercat recommends the use of DEXTRON III TYPE transmission fluid in this circuit [reservoir capacity 0.9 L (0.24 US gal), total circuit capacity approximately 1.25 L (0.33 US gal)]. The fill port is located on the pump.

To open the side access doors, remove the latch pins and swing the doors open. Install the door props provided.

H855C-15

To open the hydraulic pump compartment cover (5), remove the four bolts and swing the cover forward.

NOTE: When the main service door is open, lock the valves in the cylinder to hold the door open.

There are three removable cover plates located on the underside of the upper frame. These cover plates are bolted in place and only require removal when a major clean up, service or inspection is to be performed.

There are also removable cover plates and a hinged access door on the undercarriage. They only require removal when a major clean up, service or inspection is to be performed. *NOTE: On some early machines the left hand access door, right hand access door, pump compartment door and radiator cleanout doors are equipped with proximity sensors. Refer to INSTRUMENT PANEL ~ROOF/DOOR OPEN LIGHT and COMPUTER~ SYSTEM WARNING MESSAGES in this section.

2.80

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher 4 3

Controls and Operation

2

COVER PLATE

1

STRAINER

855C-090

FUEL TANK ASSEMBLY

FUEL TANK - STANDARD

ignition switch is ON or in the RUN position the shut-off valve is open allowing fuel to flow to the engine. When the ignition switch is OFF the fuel shut-off valve is turned OFF.

COMPONENTS 1. Fuel Cap

The return line (4) on the top of the R.H. tank is fitted with a check valve to prevent reverse flow from the tank.

2. Fuel Level Sender 3. Fuel Supply Shut-off Solenoid Valve 4. Fuel Return Check Valve

FUEL TANK CAPACITY The STANDARD fuel tank has a total capacity of 946 L (250 US gal).

Located at the rear of the upper frame the fuel tank assembly consists of three compartments, a L.H tank, a centre section and a R.H. tank.

The fuel filler cap (1) is located on top of the LH. tank and incorporates a strainer built into the neck of the fill pipe to prevent foreign particles from entering the tank during filling.

The fuel level sender (2) is located on top of the RH. tank.

An electric fuel shut-off valve (3) is located on top of the RH. tank fuel supply fitting. The fuel shut-off valve is activated by the ignition switch. When the 2.81

Controls and Operation 4

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher 2 R.H. COMPARTMENT

3

COVER PLATE

1

STRAINER CHECK VALVES - QTY 2

855C-089

FUEL TANK ASSEMBLY

FUEL TANK - OPTIONAL HIGH CAPACITY

valve is activated by the ignition switch. When the ignition switch is ON or in the RUN position the shut-off valve is open allowing fuel to flow to the engine. When the ignition switch is OFF the fuel shut-off valve is turned OFF.

COMPONENTS 1. Fuel Cap 2. Fuel Level Sender

The return line (4) on the top of the R.H. tank is fitted with a check valve to prevent reverse flow from the tank.

3. Fuel Supply Shut-off Solenoid Valve 4. Fuel Return Check Valve

NOTE: The high capacity fuel tank is equipped with two flapper style check valves that retain the fuel in the R.H. compartment of the fuel tank. The valves maintain the fuel level on the supply side of the tank.

Located at the rear of the upper frame the fuel tank assembly consists of three compartments, a L.H tank, a centre section and a R.H. tank.

The fuel filler cap (1) is located on top of the LH. tank and incorporates a strainer built into the neck of the fill pipe to prevent foreign particles from entering the tank during filling.

FUEL TANK CAPACITY The OPTIONAL HIGH CAPACITY fuel tank has a total capacity of 1268 L (335 US gal).

The fuel level sender (2) is located on top of the RH. tank.

An electric fuel shut-off valve (3) is located on top of the RH. tank fuel supply fitting. The fuel shut-off 2.82

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

REFUELING PROCEDURE Park machine on level ground, shut off engine and allow machine to cool.

VENTING SOLENOID VALVE FUEL FILLER CAP

INDICATOR LIGHT

FUEL FLOAT SWITCH QUICK CONNECT COUPLING ATTACHED TO FUEL SUPPLY HOSE

DO NOT refuel while smoking or near an open flame or sparks.

Clear obstructions from steps and handles needed to access fuel tank.

ON/OFF FUEL FILL SWITCH

Open cover on top of fuel tank (if equipped)and clear any debris from around the fill cap.

Remove filler cap slowly to allow pressure to escape from tank.

860C-567

Inspect fill cap gasket.

FUEL FILLER SOLENOID SHUT-OFF VALVE

BOTTOM FUELING SYSTEM

BOTTOM FUELING OPTION FUEL FILLING INSTRUCTIONS 1. Park machine with the upper frame level.

Inspect fuel strainer located under the fill cap for debris or damage.

2. Remove dust caps from quick disconnect ends and attach fuel truck supply line to machine.

Attach grounding strap to an unpainted metal surface on the machine if the refueling tank or nozzle is so equipped.

3. Turn on fuel transfer pump (on fuel supply truck or tank).

Fill tank until fuel level reaches the strainer or the full mark on the sight gauge if equipped. Do not leave nozzle unattended or spillage may occur.

4. “Pull” the ON/OFF FUEL FILL switch.

5. The amber indicator light will illuminate indicating the fuel fill valve is open.

Remove nozzle and ground strap (if applicable), then install fill cap hand tight before closing fill cap cover.

6. When the tank is full the fuel fill valve will close and the amber indicator light will go off.

Before restarting the machine, check that no other personnel have moved into the hazardous area and sound the horn.

7. Turn off the fuel transfer pump.

8. Disconnect lines and return dust caps to quick disconnects.

OPTIONAL BOTTOM FUELING SYSTEM

9. The fuel fill valve can be closed at any time during the filling procedure by pushing in the ON/OFF fuel fill switch.

The bottom fueling system includes a quick disconnect coupling which can be reached from ground level, a solenoid operated fuel filling shut-off valve, an interior mounted fuel float switch to activate the shut-off valve when the tank is full and an ON/OFF switch box with an indicator light.

10. A solenoid operated vent valve at the top of the tank opens when filling to allow fuel vapours to escape and closes when the fuel fill switch is shut off.

NOTE: This system relies on a remote fuel transfer pump mounted on the fuel supply truck or tank. There is no fuel transfer pump mounted on the machine.

CAUTION Never leave the machine unattended during the fuel filling process.

11. Regularly inspect and repair all fuel fill system components to reduce the risk of spillage or fire.

2.83

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher HYDRAULIC FILL PUMP -ELECTRICAL

1

•• 3

••

2

1 FILL TUBE

•• 4

••

2

•• 860C-497

H855C-061

HYDRAULIC FILL PUMP & FILTER

ADDING OIL TO HYDRAULIC TANK

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

Remove the fill tube from the holder. Thoroughly clean the outside surface of the suction tube and remove the plug. Insert end of the tube into the hydraulic oil supply drum.

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK IMPORTANT! PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK. 34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Eye protection MUST be worn.

Release the air pressure from tank using the air vent valve before servicing the hydraulic system.

Operate the pump using the pump switch (1) located on the side of the pump compartment (2). The oil is pumped directly into the hydraulic tank via a filter. Observe the level gauges on the rear of the tank to determine when to release the switch. The hydraulic oil level should be within 5cm (2” ) of the HIGH mark on the level gauge with the boom fully extended.

Located at the left of the upper frame behind the cab, the hydraulic tank (1) has a capacity of 227 L (60 US gal).

Sight gauges (2), mounted on the rear of the tank and accessible through the left side door, indicate the level of the hydraulic oil in the hydraulic tank.

Incorporated into the base of the top gauge is a low level switch connected to a Low hydraulic oil warning light in the cab. The light will turn ON when the oil level falls to this point.

A second oil level sight gauge, located in a LOWER position on the tank, also incorporates a low level switch. This switch will signal a buzzer in the cab to sound if there is a further loss of oil down to this point.

Always keep the hydraulic oil level up to within 50 mm (2 in) of the HIGH mark. A low hydraulic oil level can result in severe damage to pumps.

Six full flow filters (3) are connected to the hydraulic tank and mounted on filter heads with built-in bypasses. The filters are located on the right side of the hydraulic tank.

A temperature sender (4) mounted on the filter side of the tank activates the temperature gauge in the operator cab.

Replace plug on fill tube, wipe dry and store after filling. Failure to keep the fill tube clean will significantly reduce the life of the filter elements.

IMPORTANT! Direct contact with oil implies a risk of skin complaints. Oil on skin should be washed off immediately with soap and water. Refer also to WORKING WITH OIL in SECTION 1 of this manual.

2.84

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

IMPORTANT

CAUTION

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

The warning light and buzzer are in place to alert the operator to a potential problem with the hydraulic system.

DO NOT use these warnings as a substitute for checking the oil level at regular intervals as per the SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE program in SECTION 3 of this manual.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Eye protection MUST be worn. Release the air pressure from tank using the air vent valve before servicing the hydraulic system.

FILTER BREATHER MANIFOLD

•• ••

•• S855C-001A H855C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

••

FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH

PRESSURE GAUGE

A warning light is mounted on the instrument panel in the cab. When an oil flow in excess of 1 Bar (15 psi) is encountered at the return filters in the hydraulic tank, this pressure switch closes and turns the filter bypass warning light ON in the cab.

••

••

SCHRADER VALVE

After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 of this manual for details.

This information is assuming that operating conditions and running temperatures are NORMAL. FILTER/STRAINER SERVICE NOTE: The filters should be checked/changed when the filter by-pass warning light in the cab comes ON. If the warning light is still ON after the filters have been changed, the return strainers attached to the base of the return tubes in the hydraulic tank should be examined for possible obstruction.

••

IMPORTANT! NEVER PRE-FILL HYDRAULIC FILTERS

RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH

855C-035

Tigercat generally does not recommend the prefilling of spin-on filters due to the risk of damage to the hydraulic system caused by unfiltered oil. Unfiltered oil used to pre-fill filters enters directly into the hydraulic circuit. Contaminants in unfiltered oil can cause significant and costly damage to hydraulic valves, pumps and motors.

The cleanliness of hydraulic oil cannot be guaranteed unless it is always prefiltered before use.

HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS

RETURN FILTERS ~ HYDRAULIC OIL The return oil entering the hydraulic tank passes through six replaceable filters mounted on filter heads beside the tank and three mesh type reusable strainers one on the end of each return tube in the reservoir.

IMPORTANT! Contaminated hydraulic fluid can lead to premature failure of hydraulic components and costly repairs. Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals, Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. Use of hydraulic oil filters other than the Tigercat brand could lead to severe wear and rapid failure of hydraulic system components.

There is a bypass valve built into each filter head preset at 1.7 Bar (25 psi) which will open in the event the elements become restricted. A 1 Bar (15 psi) filter restriction pressure switch is installed in each filter head that will turn on the FILTER BYPASS warning light in the cab before this happens.

2.85

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher CHARGE PILOT FILTER

CASE DRAIN STRAINERS

CLOG INDICATOR SIGHT GLASS

•• STRAINER ELEMENT

1

LX870C-19

2

CASE DRAIN STRAINERS

CHARGE PILOT FILTER

860C-477

Two case drain strainer elements are located on the machine. One element (1) is located in the pump compartment and services most pump case drains. The other strainer element (2) is located under the main valve in the valve compartment.

This element is dedicated to case returns from the attachment head. THESE ELEMENTS SHOULD ONLY BE SERVICED IN THE EVENT OF A CATASTROPHIC PUMP OR MOTOR FAILURE.

LX870C-02

2

••

CHARGE PILOT FILTER

There is a medium pressure charge pilot filter mounted to the base of the charge/pilot/filter manifold. This filter receives hydraulic oil from the charge pump. The charge pump supplies pilot oil via the filter and the charge/pilot/filter manifold to the pilot system.

HYDRAULIC OIL HEATER (OPTIONAL)

•• • •

••

Mounted on top of the manifold is a clog indicator.

Under normal operating conditions (or when the hydraulic system is shut down) the indicator will show GREEN. When a pressure differential of 3.4 Bar (50 psi) exists across the filter, the indicator will show RED, indicating a clogged filter.

1

This condition could happen during cold startups, but as the oil warms up the indicator will automatically reset to GREEN. A Clogged condition will result in low pilot pressure. If a loss of controls or slow response occurs, the filter element may need to be changed.

This is a 120 volt, 2000 watt immersion heater (1) with two outlet plugs (2). To obtain full output, both plugs must be used, connected to separate power outlets.

For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in this section.

IMPORTANT! Do not leave the heater plugged in for a prolonged period of time without the oil circulating. Localized high temperatures can damage hydraulic oil.

2.86

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER PRECLEANER

3

3

4

2 AIR INTAKE BOX 855C-202

1 COVER

MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

5 855C-202

PRECLEANER AIR INTAKE BOX

860C-224

855C-202

AIR CLEANER

4. The centrifugal force of the tornado expels the heavier than air dirt particles (4), chaff, dust, snow, rain, etc., out the discharge louver 5. Cleaned air (5) enters the engine air cleaner intake pipe, and the filter element has only the very light particles to remove.

The engine air precleaner cleans engine air before it reaches the air cleaner filter elements.

It removes contaminants such as dust, powder, insects, rain and snow. This precleaner is self powered and self cleaning requiring virtually no maintenance. However, it should be checked periodically to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the intake area or the exhaust port area.

HOW IT WORKS: 1. Dirty air (1) enters the precleaner, which is clamped onto the engine air intake.

2. Specially designed vanes (2), curved and angled to precisely direct air flow, move the dirty air toward the stainless steel impeller (3).

3. The dynamically balanced, one piece impeller (3) (only moving part) creates a tornado inside the housing.

2.87

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

UNLOADER VALVE 860C-405

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE This rubber valve on the tube of the air cleaner housing should be checked before every shift (8 hrs). If this valve is missing, damaged or has turned hard, it will cause the air cleaner to become ineffective. The valve should be replaced every 1000 Hours.

Remove the unloader valve from the tube of the air cleaner housing. A good valve is soft and flexible. Check and clean the valve. If it was plugged, then check the filter elements as they may need to be replaced as well. Reattach the valve to the tube. The valve should suck closed at about ⅓ of full throttle. When operating in high dust conditions this valve should be checked and squeezed frequently to release dust buildup.

2.88

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

ELECTRICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

AIR INTAKE BOX

INDICATOR IN CAB

AIR CLEANER

855C-202

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

860C-224

Refer to ENGINE AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE, OVER SERVICING and IMPROPER SERVICING in SECTION 3 of this manual.

AIR CLEANER This style of air cleaner uses 2 filter elements, a primary element and a safety element. The air intake should be checked daily to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the air intake area.

The air cleaner is equipped with a scavenging system to unload dust and dirt from the air cleaner.

To ensure maximum engine protection, it is important that the elements be serviced correctly and at proper servicing intervals. Refer to ENGINE AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE, in SECTION 3 of this manual.

HOUSING SERVICE COVER

SECONDARY ELEMENT

PRIMARY ELEMENT

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR Two mechanical and one electrical air filter restriction indicators are connected to the outlet side of the air filter. One mechanical indicator is located in the cab and the other is in the service compartment near the air cleaner.

PRECLEANER/ AIR INTAKE HOUSING

Service to the air filter is required when the mecahnical indicator shows RED or the electrical indicator signals the computer to activate filter restriction alarm. the mechanical indicator provides a continuous reading whether the engine is running or is shut down. After servicing the filter, reset the mechanical indicators by pressing the reset button on the end of the indicator.

PRECLEANER SCAVENGING TUBE 860C-222

2.89

FILTER HOUSING

AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY

INLET HOUSING

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

AIR FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR KIT Earlier machines 8XXX2101 to 8XXX2160 were equipped with one mechanical and one electrical air filter restriction indicator. An optional air filter restriction indicator kit 46249B01 is available to make it easier to check the restriction indicator.

The kit adds a second mechanical indicator in the cab which is a valuable tool to assit the operator in monitoring the air filter and deciding when service is necessary.

MECHANICAL AIR FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR 860C-257

AIR INTAKE BYPASS

ELECTRICAL AIR FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

During cold weather operation the air intake bypass cover can be removed to introduce warm engine compartment air into the engine air intake.

MECHANICAL AIR FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

860C-248

AIR FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR KIT NOTE: On machines 8XXX2161 and up the second air filter restriction indicator is factory installed.

Remove the four bolts and cover to open the by-pass. The cover can be bolted in the storage location beside the air intake bypass opening.

During warm weather operation reinstall the cover and bolts to block the by-pass.

2.90

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND CHARGE AIR COOLER (COOLING ASSEMBLY)

1

CHARGE AIR COOLER / RADIATOR / OIL COOLER

••

••

•• 2

860C-021

RADIATOR/OIL COOLER/ CHARGE AIR COOLER

860C-245

OPEN ACCESS DOORS PIN STOP

••• •

The hydraulic oil cooler/radiator/charge air cooler (CAC) is mounted at the rear of the upper frame.

The A/C condenser core is mounted at the rear of the cooling assembly. A debris screen is used to protect the oil cooler/radiator/CAC cooler package. The hydraulically driven fan draws air through the screen and through the A/C condenser, the oil cooler/radiator/CAC cooling assembly.

REAR CLEAN-OUT DOOR 3. Swing the latch pin stop to the side, lift up the pin and open the clean-out door on the rear of upper frame 860C-121

4. Slide the debris screen out over top of the cooling assembly.

The A/C condenser core and the oil cooler/ radiator/CAC cooling assembly should be checked every 8 hours (every shift) for accumulation of twigs, leaves, pine needles and dust. All of the engine enclosure doors should also be kept clean.

5. Remove two nuts and carefully swing open the A/C condenser (on hinges) to expose the oil cooler/radiator/CAC cooling assembly.

Remove any accumulated debris from between the A/C /condenser and oil cooler/ radiator/CAC cooling assembly.

CLEANING PROCEDURE: 1. Shut down as per instructions in ENGINE STOPPING in this SECTION.

CAUTION Use compressed air for cleaning only when the machine is cold to avoid the risk of fire caused by debris being blown into contact with hot surfaces.

If using compressed air for cleaning, use at 30 psi or less.

Always use personal protective equipment (eyewear) to guard against flying debris.

Always follow proper engine shutdown procedures. The important benefits are: •

Extended life of the engine, cooling and exhaust systems.

•

Reduced risk of post shutdown fires.

•

Interior of machine cools significantly reducing risks from touching hot surfaces.

PIN

2. Open the top (1) and left side (2) access doors.

6. When the units have been cleaned, return all cooling components to their operating position.

2.91

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher Reversing the fan at least once per hour will help reduce the dust accumulation in the cooler cores, see COOLING FAN SWITCH, CLEAN POSITION earlier in this section to manually reverse fan or see PROPERTIES MENU OPERATION, ADJUST FUNCTION PARAMETERS for reseting computer to change cooling fan purge interval to program the fan to reverse every hour automatically.

Avoid the risk of fire caused by debris accumulating on surfaces that may become hot during machine operation. Always use care when cleaning to ensure that debris removed from one area of the machine does not accumulate on other areas of the machine. For more information on fire prevention refer to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of this manual.

If an oil leak occurs in this area it should be thoroughly power-washed with a mild soap to ensure that all of the oil is removed. The presence of oil causes dust and dirt to cling to surfaces which will impair the ability of the reversible fan to remove dust and dirt particles.

CAUTION Avoid the risk of fire caused by debris accumulating on surfaces that may become hot during machine operation. Always use care when cleaning to ensure that debris removed from one area of the machine does not accumulate on other areas of the machine.

NOTE: The cooling assembly must be checked daily and may have to be thoroughly cleaned on a daily, weekly or monthly basis, depending on operating conditions. Use personal protective equipment (eyewear) to guard against flying debris. Use compressed air for cleaning only when the machine is cold to avoid the risk of fire caused by debris contacting hot surfaces. Care must be taken not to set the pressure too high otherwise damage to the components could result.

Pay particular attention to cleaning in the corners of the cooler as these areas usually plug deeply.

CHARGE AIR COOLER (CAC)

RADIATOR

OIL COOLER

A/C CONDENSER

FAN SHROUD FAN RAD CAP SURGE TANK

FAN GUARD

FAN MOTOR

34318BR0

COOLING ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS 2.92

NOTE: REGULARLY CHECK FOR DEBRIS ACCUMULATION BETWEEN RADIATOR/ OIL COOLER AND A/C CONDENSER

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

OPERATING MACHINE Make sure that the appropriate lubrication and maintenance schedule has been performed prior to operating the machine (SECTION 3 in this manual). Also refer to the Operator’s Manual for the Diesel Engine supplied with the machine.

GAUGE TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

All fluid levels should be checked with the machine on level ground.

Any personnel who are to operate this machine must be fully trained in safety and operating procedures by a competent person.

860C-248

OPTIONAL FIRE SUP. SYSTEM CYLINDER

PRE-START CHECKS

•• FUEL GAUGE IGNITION SWITCH

•• SAW SWITCH

••

860C-017

CONTROL PANEL

CHECK FUEL LEVEL

3. Check the fuel level by turning the ignition switch to the RUN position and then to the OFF position.

860C-023.DWG

1. Ensure that the ignition switch and the saw switch are in the OFF position.

•• •• ••

GAUGE TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

860C-124

PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER, UPPER FRAME

H855C-061

860C-026

PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER, CAB DOOR

1

CHECK HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

4. Check the hydraulic oil level. The level should be between the HIGH and LOW marks on the level gauge (1).

2. Check that BOTH portable fire extinguishers and the fire suppression cylinder are sufficiently charged.

2.93

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

••

UNLOADER VALVE

DIPSTICK

860C-405

H860C-29

7. Check the air cleaner unloader valve. This rubber valve (1) on the tube of the air cleaner housing should be checked and squeezed frequently to release dust buildup.

5. Check the engine oil level. The level of the oil must be between the ADD and the FULL marks on the dipstick.

SECONDARY FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR

PRIMARY FUEL FILTER

•• PRECLEANER

855C-027

•• ••

DRAIN TAP

H860C-29

PRECLEANER

ENGINE FUEL FILTER AND FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR

6. Check the air intake, pre-cleaner intake and discharge areas. Remove any blockages or obstructions.

8. Check the fuel line water separator and drain any accumulated water into a bowl and clean up any spills.

2.94

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation RADIATOR CAP

GEAROIL BOTTLE

••

•• ••

H860C-17

••

SWING DRIVE MOTOR

MAIN VALVE

860C-021

UPPER GEARING LUBRICATION

RADIATOR/OIL COOLER/ CHARGE AIR COOLER

11. Check the engine coolant level.

9. Check swing drive gear oil level.

WARNING

••

PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX OIL LEVEL GAUGE

••

LX870C-03

Shut OFF the engine. Only remove the filler cap when it is cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen the cap to the first stop to relieve the pressure before removing it completely.

PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX OIL FILL/ RESERVOIR

PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX DRAIN

••

860C-020

RADIATOR/OIL COOLER/ CHARGE AIR COOLER

12. Clean the radiator, A/C condenser and oil cooler.

PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX OIL LEVEL GAUGE

10. Check the pump drive gearbox oil level at sight gauge, the level should be at the OK mark.

BENT

CRACKING WORN HOLES EDGE WEAR

EDGE WEAR BROKEN EDGE 830-02

CHECK CONDITION OF TRACK SHOES

13. Check the condition of the track pads.

2.95

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

14. Check the track chain tension by measuring track sag as follows:

ANGLE TO BE BETWEEN 90° & 110°

845-12

SAW-P03

CHECK/TIGHTEN TOOTH FASTENERS

MEASURING TRACK SAG

15. Check and tighten all of the fasteners retaining the disc saw teeth to the proper torque level.

A. Position the felling head in the vertical position and swing the boom to the side of the machine.

B. Place the felling head on the ground and force it down with the boom controls, to lift the track clear of the ground.

C. Use the foot pedals to rotate the track forward and reverse several times. Stop the track while in reverse. Do not clean the track.

D. Stop the engine.

SAW-23

REPLACE OR ROTATE WORN TEETH 16. Replace all worn disc saw teeth or rotate worn teeth to align fresh cutting tips.

UNDERSIDE OF TRACK GUARD

• •••

NOTE: Replace the tooth fastener whenever replacing a saw tooth.

SAG DIMENSION

STRESS CRACK AROUND HUB

UPPER SURFACE OF TRACK SHOE 853ILL8

MEASURING SAG DIMENSION

E. Measure the distance between the top surface of the track shoe at the centre of the lower surface of the track frame.

F.

SAW-26

This dimension should be between 4” and 6” for normal operations.

CHECK DISC FOR CRACKS

STRESS CRACK

NOTE: If track sag is less than specified, track chain wear will be accelerated. If track sag is excessive, it is possible for the track to jump off the sprocket. Refer to SECTION 11 of THE SERVICE MANUAL for TRACK CHAIN TENSION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE.

SAW-27

CHECK DISC FOR CRACKS

17. Inspect the disc for stress cracks and also ensure that the disc does not wobble due to worn saw shaft bearings.

2.96

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

SAW-D23

MISSING TEETH/DAMAGED BLADE

18. Never start or use a machine if the disc saw has missing teeth, missing teeth fasteners or a bent or damaged disc.

SAW-25

CHECK FOR DAMAGE TO SAW HOUSING

19. Check that the saw housing is clear and undamaged.

20. Shut down the machine immediately if you feel a vibration when the cutting disc is running.

21. Check all exits.

22. Be sure that all doors and access panels are securely fastened.

23. Unlock all cab doors.

IMPORTANT! Unlock both doors before operating machine to allow opening from the outside in case of an emergency. Make sure that the doors are operational, open the doors twice, once using the exterior latch handle and once using the interior handle.

2.97

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

STARTING ENGINE

5. Set the throttle to LOW IDLE speed and wait 3 to 5 minutes before operating with a load.

1. Before starting the engine, ensure that all prestart checks have been performed and that the surrounding area is clear of personnel.

IMPORTANT! After the engine has started, keep the engine speed low until the engine oil pressure registers on the gauge. If it does not register within 10 seconds, stop the engine and investigate the cause.

HORN

•• IGNITION SWITCH

IMPORTANT! Do not keep the engine running at LOW IDLE for longer than 10 minutes. Fuel will not completely burn at low combustion temperatures.

•• •• CONTROL PANEL

6. Increase the engine speed (rpm) slowly to provide adequate lubrication to the bearings and allow oil pressure to stabilize.

SAW SWITCH

If for some reason the engine stalls while operating the machine, turn the key switch to the OFF position AND REPEAT STEPS (1) to (4).

860C-023.DWG

2. Sound the Horn to warn of machine start-up.

NOTE: Wait 15 seconds before restarting to allow the engine ECM to reset completely.

IMPORTANT! To avoid damage to QSL9 engine parts, DO NOT connect jumper starting or battery charging cables to any QSL9 parts. When using an external electrical source to start the engine, turn the disconnect switch to the OFF position.

CAUTION 244-046

DISPLAY MODULE

Do not start the engine by shorting across starter terminals. Start the engine only from the operator seat.

3. Turn the ignition key switch to the RUN position; wait for the WAIT TO START message on the Display Module Display to turn off.

IMPORTANT! The instructions written in this manual pertaining to starting, operating and stopping of the engine include excerpts from the original engine manufacturer operating manuals.

4. Turn the ignition key switch to the START position to crank the engine and then back to the RUN position.

NOTE: If the engine does not start after three attempts, check the fuel supply system.

Absence of blue or white exhaust smoke during cranking indicates no fuel is being delivered.

For additional important operating and maintenance instructions, please refer to the ORIGINAL ENGINE MANUFACTURER OPERATING AND SERVICE MANUAL applicable to the engine in use.

IMPORTANT! To prevent damage to the starting motor, DO NOT engage the starting motor for more than 30 seconds. Wait 2 minutes between each attempt to start.

2.98

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

COLD WEATHER STARTING WARNING The Cummins QSL9 engine utilizes an air intake heater grid. To avoid personal injury and property damage, NEVER use a starting fluid. Starting aid fluids, which contain Ether, can cause an explosion.

IMPORTANT! Cold start-ups can result in pump failure. Refer to the HYDRAULIC OIL CHART for recommended oil viscosity and temperature ranges.

•

DO NOT ACTIVATE PILOT SYSTEM.

•

The hydraulic filter bypass light must be OFF before proceeding to Step 2.

•

The engine coolant temperature must reach 60°C (140°F) before proceeding to Step 2.

•

The hydraulic oil temperature must reach -7°C (20°F) before proceeding to Step 2.

•

Check that the cooling fan is turning before proceeding to Step 2.

NOTE: It will take approximately 30 minutes to complete Step 1 when the starting temperature is at -18°C (0°F).

NOTE: Cold temperatures require the use of an engine block heater and a hydraulic oil heater.

Preheating of hydraulic oil is recommended as standard procedure in cold weather.

Follow the STARTING ENGINE - CUMMINS QSL9 ENGINE instructions for this COLD WEATHER STARTING procedure, paying attention to the WAIT TO START message on the Display Module.

This warning message will be ON during the key ON engine pre-heat time. Heating elements (grid heater elements) located in the engine air intake manifold are turned ON during cold weather conditions to heat the intake air when starting the engine. The engine MUST NOT be started until this message goes OFF automatically.

2. Activate the pilot system and turn on the saw.

•

The hydraulic filter bypass light must be OFF.

•

Observe that the blade rpm has stabilized.

•

Operate the saw for approximately 5 minutes to warm up the spindle bearings.

3. Turn the saw OFF, then increase the engine speed to 1300 rpm and begin slow boom movements.

NOTE: If at any time during the warming procedure the hydraulic filter bypass light comes on, return the engine speed to LOW IDLE .

During the engine warm-up period constantly monitor engine coolant temperature and engine oil pressure. Stop engine if any pressure or temperature does not meet the specification.

•

The hydraulic filter bypass light must be OFF.

•

Operate the main boom to raise the attachment off the ground.

•

Operate the stick boom slowly in and out.

•

Operate the tilt function very slowly to prevent flow surges in the cooling system.

4. Swing the upper frame, 360° to the left, then 360° to the right.

1. Start the engine and keep the throttle at low idle. Place the anti-stall switch in the OFF position.

5. Operate the wrist tilting head to the left, then to the right. Avoid going to the end of the stroke during wrist operation.

6. Place the travel speed switch in the LOW position and drive the machine forward pressing the foot pedals very gradually. DO NOT exceed 1/2 pedal position.

7. Watch the Hydraulic Oil temperature; it must reach 10°C (50°F) before any work may begin.

244-046

DISPLAY MODULE

2.99

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

8. Increase the engine speed to 1500 rpm, and begin driving to the work area in LOW travel speed. Do not fully depress the foot pedals until the hydraulic oil reaches 32°C (90°F). Harvesting may begin but work very slowly. The machine functions will seem to operate much slower until the systems are warmed up. Avoid operating the boom or the tilt functions quickly until the hydraulic oil is above 90°F (32°C). Work the machine for 30 minutes at 1500 rpm.

RESTARTING AN ENGINE THAT HAS RUN OUT OF FUEL

9. When the hydraulic oil reaches 90°F (32°C) and the machine has been operated for 30 minutes it is safe to place the anti-stall switch in the ON position and increase the engine speed to full throttle.

3. Crank the engine until it starts.

NOTE: This machine is equipped with special valves that give the track functions priority over all boom functions. When the drive pedals are depressed only a small amount of pump flow is left for the boom system. Slowing the travel speed by lifting the foot pedals will divert power to the boom system.

If the engine runs out of fuel perform the following: 1. Refill the fuel tank completely.

IMPORTANT! Do not pre-fill engine fuel filters.

2

Bleed the system according to the engine manual procedures.

IMPORTANT! To prevent damage to the starter, DO NOT engage the starting motor for more than 30 seconds. Wait 2 minutes between each attempt to start the engine. If the engine fails to start, refer to the engine manufacturer operator’s manual.

WARNING NEVER USE A LIQUID STARTING AID TO START AN ENGINE.

NOTE: The optional travel speed lever lets the operator set the maximum track speed so the split between boom and track power can be tuned.

2.100

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

STOPPING ENGINE

MACHINE PREPARATION

IMPORTANT! Stopping the engine immediately after it has been working under load can result in overheating and premature wear of the engine components. Follow the stopping procedure outlined below to allow the engine to cool.

SYSTEM TEST AND WARM-UP

Always follow this engine shut down procedure.

The important benefits are: •

Extended life of the engine, cooling and exhaust systems.

•

Reduced risk of post shutdown fires.

•

Interior of machine cools significantly reducing risk of touching hot surfaces.

1. Turn the saw switch to the OFF position and STOP the saw blade. This should be done before leaving the cutting area.

Before commencing harvesting operations, follow steps (a) through (o) to accomplish the following: •

Warm up the hydraulic system.

•

Test all systems for proper operation.

•

Inspect for hydraulic oil leaks.

IMPORTANT! If any system fails to respond to the controls, stop the warm-up procedure and call a mechanic.

Otherwise serious damage to pumps and other components could result.

NOTE: The machine must be parked on level ground at last shutdown.

1. Start the engine (See STARTING ENGINE).

2. Make sure that the gauges and warning lights are indicating normal operating conditions.

2. Find a clear and level area at least 15 m (50 feet) from any other equipment to park the machine.

3. Ensure that all personnel are clear of the machine.

4. Press the PILOT RESET switch.

3. Park the machine and lower the saw head onto firm ground.

4. Reduce the engine speed to LOW IDLE and de-activate the pilot system. Let the engine run at low idle speed for approximately 3 minutes minimum to allow dissipation of heat and also to reduce turbo speed. This will also prevent loss of coolant from after boil and possible hot spot damage to the engine.

5. Increase the engine speed to approximately 1300 rpm.

6. Slowly raise and lower the stick boom and the main boom. Check for proper operation.

With the felling head raised slightly off the ground: 7. Operate the accumulator and clamp arms.

Check for proper operation.

5. Open the power engine door and place the fan switch in the Full ON position.

8. Tilt the felling head forward and back. Check for proper operation.

6. Do not race the engine before shut-off.

9. Swing the upper frame to the left and right.

7. Place the fan switch in the AUTO position.

10. When cold weather conditions exist, continue the process of warming up the hydraulic system by repeating steps (f) through (i) several times. As the hydraulic system warms up, engine speed can be increased

8. Turn the ignition key switch to the OFF position to stop the engine.

9. Saw blade must be stopped before exiting the cab.

gradually to the HIGH IDLE position. If the FILTER BYPASS warning light comes on, decrease the engine speed immediately and continue warming the system.

10. Install the saw blade guard.

11. Perform daily maintenance at the end of the shift (greasing, clean engine compartment etc.). This allows the machine time to cool down while under the watchful eye of the operator.

11. Observe all boom operations. If any operations are not operating as they should, take the necessary steps to correct the problem.

2.101

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

12. Turn the saw ON. After completion of the warm-up and system testing, turn the saw OFF and rest the felling head on the ground.

13. Set the swing brake to the ON position.

14. Set the throttle control to LOW IDLE

.

WARNING Ensure that the saw blade has stopped rotating before leaving the cab.

15. Leave the cab and visually check hose connections and cylinders for leaks. Check under the machine for oil leaks.

WARNING

Never use your bare hand to check for fluid leaks.

Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.

When searching for leaks, wear work gloves and use a wrench or piece of wood to move hydraulic hoses. Do not grab hold of hydraulic hoses. Wear safety goggles for eye protection.

TRAVELLING (BOOM RAISED) 1. Select the appropriate drive range.

Place the track switch in the LOW or DRIVE position.

When in LOW, the machine moves slower but with increased drive force. All harvesting should be done in LOW. When in DRIVE the machine moves faster but with less drive force. Travelling over longer distances (and not harvesting) should be done in DRIVE to allow for faster travel speeds when the terrain permits. Also, DO NOT travel continuously for longer than 10 minutes, take 5 minute breaks, this will help prevent the track drive gearboxes from over heating.

2. Place the swing brake switch in the OFF position.

3. Move the throttle control to the HIGH idle position.

4. Operate the drive foot pedals to manoeuvre the machine.

OPERATING TIPS WITH LOAD SENSING When using the controls on a load sensing system be aware of what the load sensing system is trying to do for you. If you move the lever or pedal 20% of its total angle, the system will provide whatever pressure it takes (up to its maximum capacity if needed) to meet this speed requirement. If you move the lever past the point needed in an attempt to speed up the boom movement, you will only overshoot the speed you wanted. Relax and try to use the least amount of lever action you can.

Load sensing systems respond to rough operation by amplifying these movements. If you find the boom is jerky or always giving feedback, you are probably too active on the controls. If slowing down does not eliminate the roughness, the margin pressure setting may be too high and can be reduced to calm down machine response.

Refer to SET MARGIN PRESSURE in SECTION 4 of the SERVICE MANUAL Refer to SET FLOW (FUNCTION SPEED) RATE in appropriate BOOM, SWING or TRACK DRIVE sections of the SERVICE MANUAL.

FELLING HEAD OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 1. All tree harvesting should be carried out in LOW driving range. Refer to TRACK, LOW/ DRIVE SWITCH in this section.

2. See appendix to SECTION 1 - USING HIGH SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY. 3. See ORIGINAL MANUFACTURER FELLING HEAD MANUAL for proper operating and maintenance instructions.

For a more detailed description of drive range refer to TRACK, LOW/DRIVE SWITCH in this section.

2.102

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher SPECIAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR ER BOOM SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) NORMAL HORIZONTAL REACH MOTION PERFORMANCE CAN BE EXPECTED IN THIS AREA

OPERATING THE MAIN BOOM IN THIS ZONE WITH A FULL LOAD WILL NOT ALLOW THE HORIZONTAL REACH MOTION TO PERFORM AS IT SHOULD WITHOUT ASSISTANCE FROM THE RIGHT JOYSTICK

••

••

Controls and Operation CARE OF THE MACHINE 1. Make sure that all fluid levels are always at the proper level. Refer to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in SECTION 3 of this manual.

2. Lubricate all grease points at the required intervals as specified in the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in SECTION 3 of this manual.

3. Follow proper procedure for cleaning windows described in this section.

4. Always install roof safety strut and right side door retaining strut before working in the engine area.

5. Close and secure all doors and access panels before running the machine.

6. Ensure that the cab emergency exits are in working order by following the EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE guide in this section.

860C-003

HORIZONTAL REACH MOTION CHARACTERISTICS

This Extra Reach (ER) boom system is designed to minimize heat generation and fuel consumption during horizontal boom motion. To obtain maximum benefit from the system, the machine should be operated using mainly horizontal reaching motions as much as possible, lifting and lowering the boom only as much as necessary for positioning until the head is full.

Due to the nature of this ER boom system, there will be certain conditions in which the weight of the head plus its carried load will be too great for the system to provide its intended horizontal reaching motion. This most notably occurs when the machine is operating on a hill with the head raised higher than the tracks and tucked in close to the cab. If such a situation occurs, the right joystick control should be pushed forward slightly while operating the left joystick to get the system moving. To help prevent this situation, the head should be kept as close to the ground as possible and slightly extended when climbing hills.

7. Do not allow branches, twigs, leaves or pine needles to build up around the radiator intake doors or anywhere else on the machine.

Clean as operating conditions warrant but all debris must be removed from the machine interior at least once a day.

8. Do not apply a load to a cold engine.

9. Always harvest trees in LOW driving range.

10. Never park the machine with the felling head raised off the ground. Be sure that the felling head is resting on the ground before servicing or parking the machine. Refer to PARKING BOOM in SECTION 1 of this manual for complete instructions.

11. SAFETY FIRST! Follow all safety rules and regulations as outlined in SECTION 1 of this manual.

2.103

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

CARE OF POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS IN CAB

INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Most windows used in the cab are made from a polycarbonate resin thermoplastic. This material is a replacement for glass when improved strength, durability and safety is required.

Polycarbonate material is expected to resist heavy impact from large branches and falling tree tops and to absorb high levels of energy when contacted by high velocity thrown objects such as wood chips, disc saw blade teeth or broken harvester head saw chain.

The extreme operating environment seen in logging applications heightens the need to regularly inspect and properly maintain polycarbonate cab windows.

Polycarbonate windows are an essential piece of operator protective equipment and should be maintained as such. It is important to note that cracks, chips, notches or scarring anywhere on the viewing surface or edges of the window will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts and therefore compromise effectiveness as operator safety protective equipment. Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

Daily inspection and maintenance is essential to confirm that the window’s ability to protect the operator has not been compromised.

• Inspect all windows daily and immediately after any impacts.

• Check for any damage to the window material or steel structure in the area of the window mounting.

• The edges of the polycarbonate window must be evenly and fully supported on a flat surface around the entire window opening at all times.

Bent or dented skylight structures must be replaced immediately. Bent or dented cab structures must be evaluated immediately for possible repair or replacement.

• The edges of the polycarbonate window must be free from cracks, chips, notches or scarring and must not be pinched or stressed.

These defects will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts. Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

• Cracks, chips, notches or scarring anywhere on the viewing surface of the window will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts.

Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

• Bent, dented or missing window retaining parts must be replaced immediately.

• Rubber materials used in mounting the window must be maintained in good condition.

• Identification of the polycarbonate originally used by Tigercat is hot stamped in a corner of the window to identify its composition. Do not use any replacement window without proof of its material composition. Do not substitute with any other materials.

• Skylights, cab structures, windows and window retaining parts must not be modified or replaced with components that are not approved by Tigercat.

Refer to the next section for detailed information regarding inspection and maintenance of polycarbonate windows.

2.104

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS The resistance of polycarbonate material to chemical exposure varies widely. Fortunately, polycarbonate materials have good resistance to diesel fuel, grease, hydraulic oil, kerosene and engine oil.

Other chemicals however can seriously weaken the polycarbonate.

DO NOT permit any of the following chemicals to come into contact with polycarbonate windows: • acetone • air conditioning refrigerant • ammonia • anti-freeze • benzene • brake fluid • carbon tetrachloride • cutting oils • gasoline • lacquer thinner • toluene • turpentine • xylene RESISTANCE TO WATER Polycarbonate material has good resistance to water up to approximately 65°C (150°F). Above this temperature the effect of water is timetemperature related. This means that the higher the water temperature, the shorter the time before the polycarbonate is adversely affected.

Exposing polycarbonate to repeated steam cleanings or high temperature pressure washing may result in crazing, a phenomenon that causes clouding of the surface. Crazing can ultimately result in a loss of physical strength and may precede a fracture.

Controls and Operation CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS The viewing surfaces of polycarbonate cab windows are specially treated with a hard coating to provide enhanced resistance to abrasion and ultra-violet (UV) radiation.

The following instructions are provided to prolong the life of this protective hard coating.

1. Rinse the window thoroughly with lukewarm water 2. Using a soft cloth, cellulose sponge or chamois, gently wash the window with a mild solution of soap or detergent in lukewarm water. Do not scrub or use brushes or squeegees.

Brand name soaps and detergents recommended for cleaning polycarbonate are: • Fantastik • Formula 409 • Hexcel F.O. 554 • Joy • Lysol • Mr. Clean • Neleco-Placer • Pine-Sol • Top Job 3. Rinse the window thoroughly with lukewarm water.

4. Dry the window with a moist soft cloth, cellulose sponge or chamois to prevent water spotting.

5. To remove grease or oil, first rub lightly with a good grade of VM&P Naphtha or isopropyl alcohol followed by the same rinse, wash, rinse and dry procedure described in steps 1 to 4.

Refer also to RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS for a list of chemicals which should not be permitted to come into contact with polycarbonate windows.

2.105

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

IMPORTANT! • DO NOT use abusive cleaning procedures either by hand or pressure washing on polycarbonate windows.

GRAFFITI REMOVAL

•

DO NOT use brushes, razor blades, scrapers, squeegees or other sharp tools on polycarbonate windows.

•

DO NOT clean polycarbonate windows when the daytime temperature is high or in direct sunlight.

•

DO NOT use abrasive or highly alkaline cleaners on polycarbonate windows.

•

DO NOT use glass cleaners in either aerosol or non-aerosol containers to clean polycarbonate windows.

•

Failure to follow these cleaning instructions will shorten the service life of polycarbonate and may cause visual hazing, loss of light transmission and delamination of the polycarbonate hard surface coating.

For removal of paints, marking pen inks, etc., the use of Butyl Cellosolve is generally effective. The use of masking tape, adhesive tape or lint removal tools works well for lifting off old weathered paints.

•

The use of kerosene, VM&P Naphtha, or petroleum spirits is generally effective to remove labels, stickers, etc. When the solvent will not penetrate the sticker material, apply heat (hair dryer) to soften the adhesive and promote removal.

Refer also to RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS for a list of chemicals which should not be permitted to come into contact with polycarbonate windows.

FIRE PRECAUTIONS

CONCEALING HAIRLINE SCRATCHES The appearance of scratches and minor abrasions on the surfaces of polycarbonate windows can be minimized by using a mild automotive polish such as: • • •

•

Polycarbonate window material will ignite when exposed to an ignition source in excess of 427°C (800°F). When working around polycarbonate windows, observe similar fire precautions to those in place for wood.

Johnson’s Paste Wax Novus Plastic Polish #1 and #2 Mirror Glaze Plastic Polish

Be certain to clean the polycarbonate window as outlined prior to application of an automotive polish. Refer to CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS.

2.106

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

WINDOW SCREEN HANDKNOB

173-25

SIDE WINDOW SCREEN

SIDE WINDOW SCREENS The side window screens (if equipped) can be removed to clean the windows. Screens are provided for the personal protection of the operator and must be reinstalled immediately after cleaning the windows.

A handknob is provided on both the inside and the outside. By unscrewing either (not both) of these knobs, the screen will be free to swing out on the hinges. Be aware that the screen will swing outwards with considerable force, if the door is open.

All handles should be hand tight only at all times.

20231A R1

20231A R1

REMOVAL OF ANTI-CORROSION SPRAY (IF APPLICABLE)

Some machines, particularly machines shipped outside North America, are shipped with an optional anti-corrosion spray to protect the machine from corrosion during shipment.

This anti-corrosion spray should be removed when the machine reaches its destination as it may cause debris to stick to the treated surfaces of the machine.

The anti-corrosion can be removed with a pressure washer, a sponge and soap.

2.107

Controls and Operation

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

2.108

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE ....................................................................................................3

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller

Lubrication and Maintenance Buncher SECTION 3 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE JANUARY 2015

Read and understand this entire manual including the SAFETY SECTION prior to operating this equipment. Read and understand all manuals for any attachments or accessories associated with this machine.

CONTENTS - SECTION 3 A

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM, CHECKING THE SYSTEM................................................................... 3.19 AIR INTAKE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE, ENGINE AIR CLEANER, ENGINE...................................................................................................................... 3.35 AIR INTAKE BY-PASS COVER............................................................................................................ 3.39 CHANGING AIR FILTERS.................................................................................................................... 3.36 CLEANING AIR FILTER PRECLEANER.............................................................................................. 3.37 INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS............................................................................................................ 3.40 PRECLEANER, ENGINE AIR............................................................................................................... 3.39 UNLOADER VALVE.............................................................................................................................. 3.39 B

BOTTOM FUELING SYSTEM.................................................................................................................. 3.24 C

CASE DRAIN STRAINERS...................................................................................................................... 3.33 CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM.................................................................................... 3.19 E

EMERGENCY EXITS, CHECK MONTHLY................................................................................................ 3.6 ENGINE AIR INTAKE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AIR CLEANER, ENGINE...................................................................................................................... 3.35 AIR INTAKE BY-PASS COVER............................................................................................................ 3.39 CHANGING AIR FILTERS.................................................................................................................... 3.36 CLEANING AIR FILTER PRECLEANER.............................................................................................. 3.37 INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS............................................................................................................ 3.40 PRECLEANER, ENGINE AIR............................................................................................................... 3.39 UNLOADER VALVE.............................................................................................................................. 3.39 ER BOOM SYSTEM................................................................................................................................. 3.12 F

FILTERS ENGINE FILTERS................................................................................................................................. 3.18 FUEL TANK STRAINERS..................................................................................................................... 3.23 HYDRAULIC OIL PRE-FILL FILTER..................................................................................................... 3.29 HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN STRAINERS............................................................................................. 3.32 HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER........................................................................................................... 3.33 REMOVE AND REPLACE, COOLANT FILTER.................................................................................... 3.18 REMOVE AND REPLACE, ENGINE OIL FILTER................................................................................ 3.18 REMOVE AND REPLACE, FUEL FILTER............................................................................................ 3.18 REMOVE AND REPLACE, HYDRAULIC RETURN FILTER...................................................... 3.28, 3.30 SERVICING GUIDELINES FOR OIL FILTERS........................................................................... 3.25, 3.27 FIRE PREVENTION................................................................................................................................... 3.7 FUEL, BOTTOM FUELING OPTION........................................................................................................ 3.24 FUEL, REFUELING PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................... 3.24 FUEL TANK CAPACITY.................................................................................................................................. 3.21, 3.22 COMPONENTS.......................................................................................................................... 3.21, 3.22 REFUELING PROCEDURE, BOTTOM FUELING OPTION................................................................. 3.24 FUEL TANK, OPTIONAL HIGH CAPACITY............................................................................................. 3.22 FUEL TANK, STANDARD......................................................................................................................... 3.21 FUEL TANK STRAINER........................................................................................................................... 3.23

3.1

Lubrication Maintenance Tigercatand X870C/LX870C

X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher FellerTigercat Buncher SECTION 3 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE JANUARY 2015

Read and understand this entire manual including the SAFETY SECTION prior to operating this equipment. Read and understand all manuals for any attachments or accessories associated with this machine.

H

HYDRAULIC OIL FILL PUMP -ELECTRICAL.......................................................................................... 3.26 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS...................................................................................................................... 3.27 HYDRAULIC OIL TANK HYDRAULIC OIL HEATER, OPTIONAL............................................................................................... 3.25 HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS...................................................................... 3.26 N

NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 3.3 FIRST 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT............................................................................................ 3.3 INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION.................................................................................................. 3.3 TIGHTENING POINTS........................................................................................................................... 3.3 O

OIL SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES............................................................................................ 3.5 OIL SAMPLING PROGRAM............................................................................................................... 3.4, 3.5 P

PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS..................................................................................................... 3.50 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE............................................................................................. 3.3 PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX MAINTENANCE GUIDE................................................................................. 3.34 PUMP, HYDRAULIC OIL FILL, ELECTRICAL.......................................................................................... 3.26 R

REFUELING PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................... 3.24 REFUELING PROCEDURE, BOTTOM FUELING OPTION.................................................................... 3.24 S

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE 8 HOURS................................................................................................................................................3.8 24 HOURS..............................................................................................................................................3.9 125 HOURS............................................................................................................................................ 3.9 250 HOURS............................................................................................................................................ 3.9 500 HOURS.......................................................................................................................................... 3.10 1000 HOURS........................................................................................................................................ 3.11 2000 HOURS........................................................................................................................................ 3.11 FREQUENTLY........................................................................................................................................ 3.8 SWING DRIVE LUBRICATION GEARBOX LOWER BEARINGS......................................................................................................... 3.16 GEARBOX UPPER GEARING............................................................................................................. 3.16 SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING.................................................................................... 3.16, 3.17 T

TORQUE, FLUID CONNECTIONS...................................................................................... 3.46, 3.47, 3.48 TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS - GENERAL............................................................................................... 3.45 TRACK OPERATION AND WEAR PREVENTION................................................................................... 3.41 U

UNLOADER VALVE, ENGINE AIR CLEANER......................................................................................... 3.39 W

WEIGHTS OF COMMERCIAL WOOD..................................................................................................... 3.49

3.2

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE FOR NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE

*INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION:PERFORM THE INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION USING Tigercat FORM NUMBERS 5341 AND 5347; PDI AND 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT

*FIRST 125 HOUR INSPECTION AND SERVICE REPORT:WITH THE OWNER'S MECHANIC PRESENT, PERFORM AN INSPECTION AND SERVICE ACCORDING TO THE Tigercat FORM NUMBERS 5341 AND 5347; PDI AND 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT THIS MUST BE COMPLETED WITHIN THE FIRST 125 HOUR TIME FRAME.

*IMPORTANT! TO QUALIFY FOR CONTINUED WARRANTY, THIS REPORT MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED TO Tigercat Industries Inc. WARRANTY DEPARTMENT. NOTE: Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

Tightening points:~ All hydraulic connections Hose clamps

Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

All cylinder and boom pin retainers Check all leveller pivot bearing retaining bolts (If equipped with leveller) Check swing bearing bolt torque Engine mounting bolts

IMPORTANT

Pump mounting bolts

BEFORE DRIVING THE MACHINE, ENSURE THAT THE TRACK TENSION (SAG) IS SET CORRECTLY.

Track shoe bolts

TRACK SAG MAY BE SET LESS THAN SPECIFIED FOR SHIPPING PURPOSES.

Track roller retaining bolts Track sprocket retaining bolts Track drive gearbox mounting bolts Track drive motor mounting bolts Swing gearbox mounting bolts

UNDERSIDE OF TRACK GUARD

Swing motor mounting bolts

SAG DIMENSION

Cab securing bolts Any other loose nut, bolt or fitting

UPPER SURFACE OF TRACK SHOE

MEASURING SAG DIMENSION REFER TO SECTION 11 IN THE SERVICE MANUAL FOR THIS PROCEDURE.

853ILL8

3.3

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

TIGERCAT OIL SAMPLING PROGRAM Using the Tigercat Advanced Oil Analysis Program on a regular basis is an excellent preventative maintenance tool.

Studies have shown that it is possible to receive a 10 to 1 payback when looking at the amount saved on repair costs to the amount invested in a scheduled oil analysis program. Some of the benefits of a sampling program include: •

Detect problems early before they become major catastrophic failures.

•

Better ability to schedule downtime and forecast cost of repairs.

•

Monitor maintenance schedules and practices and confirm that the required maintenance is being done on time.

•

Increase used equipment value by providing proof of proper maintenance.

This Program uses the most modern technology available to analyze all oil samples. Most test results are available within 24 hours after receipt of the sample and are supplied in an easy to understand report, which calls for specific action and makes detailed recommendations. This report is available as a mailed or faxed hardcopy, sent via e-mail or can be viewed on the internet.

This program will provide Tigercat machine owners access to an Advanced Oil Analysis Program for all major machine components including Engines, Hydraulic Circuits, Axles, Final Drives, Gearboxes, etc.

800 Series Models Recommended Testing Schedule Location

First Sample

Follow-up Samples

Hydraulic Oil

125 Hours

Every 1000 Hours or 6 Months

Swing Drive Gearbox (if applicable*)

125 Hours

Every Oil Change (250 Hours or 1.5 Months)

Track Drive Gearboxes

125 Hours

Every 1000 Hours or 6 Months

Pump Drive Gearbox (if applicable)

125 Hours

Every 1000 Hours or 6 Months

* Note that swing drive gearbox oil sampling applies only to machines

Tigercat Oil Analysis Kits are available from your Tigercat dealer parts department. If required, that use gear oil in the swing drive gearbox. arrangements can also be made with your Tigercat dealer to supply and perform all of the required follow up oil samples.

Refer also to OIL SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES in this section for sample valve and drain plug locations.

TIGERCAT OIL ANALYSIS KITS Each kit includes a Pre-paid Sample Bottle and Sample Information Form. Pre-printed mailing labels are also included to ensure all samples are quickly returned directly to the lab for immediate analysis and results within 24 hours of receipt.

The same type of sample bottle can be used for all types of oil testing including: Hydraulic Circuits, Final Drives, Axles, Gearboxes, Engines, etc.

To ensure that accurate and meaningful results are obtained, each kit also includes detailed instructions on how properly collect, prepare and ship the oil samples.

Contact your Tigercat Dealer Parts Department to order Kits.

3.4

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

TIGERCAT OIL SAMPLING PROGRAM OIL SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES Fill out the Sample Information Form (SIF) completely and accurately. When taking multiple oil samples, fill out all of the required SIF forms in their entirety, prior to taking any oil samples.

Then, immediately package each completed SIF form together with the matching oil sample in the black outer shipping container as each individual sample is taken. This will reduce the possibility of mixing up or incorrectly identifying the SIF forms and oil samples. Incorrectly identified samples could result in a false warning alarm.

HYDRAULIC SAMPLE VALVE

H855C-31

Hydraulic Oil Samples:

The accuracy of the lab analysis results is very dependent on the quality of the oil sample taken. Collection of clean oil samples that are representative of the main body of oil are essential if meaningful lab results are to be obtained. Erroneous readings may result if proper collection, handling, packaging and shipping practices are not followed prior to the sample being tested by the lab. To be able to accurately compare and trend the lab results over time, all follow-up samples should be consistently taken from the same location using the same techniques as all previous samples.

•

Ensure that all sample valves and drain plugs are clean and free of debris.

•

Remove the sample bottle cap only when ready to take the sample. Keep the cap clean – do not put it in your pocket or let it get contaminated in any way.

•

Do not allow any airborne dirt, etc., to enter the sample bottle.

•

Avoid contamination of the sample – replace the sample bottle cap immediately after filling the bottle to approximately ¾ full.

HYDRAULIC OIL

•

Whenever possible, hydraulic oil samples should be taken from the circulating oil flow at operating temperature, with no functions actuated, using sample valves that are permanently located on the machine.

•

To obtain a representative oil sample, sample valves must be purged before the actual oil sample is taken. Drain a minimum of 3 or 4 ounces of oil into a separate container and discard this oil using approved recycling methods.

•

Replace the dust cover on the sample valve immediately after taking the oil sample and sealing the sample bottle.

Gearbox Samples:

All samples taken should be immediately forwarded to the lab for processing.

Contact your Tigercat dealer to purchase additional or replacement hydraulic sample valves or drain plugs.

In cases where oil samples must be pumped or otherwise drawn out of a reservoir or housing, a hand operated oil suction pump is also available from your Tigercat dealer.

3.5

•

These samples can be taken during the oil change process.

•

To obtain a representative oil sample, ensure the oil is warm and has not settled very long (within 30 minutes of shutdown).

•

Place the required drain container under the machine to capture the used oil to be discarded using approved recycling methods.

•

Remove the drain plug and allow approximately 50% of the oil to drain, then place the sample bottle in the stream of draining oil to obtain a representative sample.

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

GENERAL During daily operation of the machine, occurrences of exhaust leaks are usually accompanied by a change or increase in engine exhaust noise levels. These audible warnings cannot be ignored. Should any exhaust leaks occur during operation, the machine must be shut down immediately and not put back to work until the necessary repairs have been completed.

CAUTION ALL HANDLES, STEPS AND PLATFORMS MUST BE KEPT FREE OF GREASE, OIL, FUEL, MUD, SNOW, ICE, AND FOREST DEBRIS. Clean around filler caps before checking or adding fluids.

Clean around hydraulic fittings before breaking connection. Plug or cap immediately.

Always have a fire extinguisher at hand.

For safety, always lower the boom assembly to the ground when leaving the cab, leaving the machine unattended or during service.

Clean up all spills immediately.

Always use clean oil and containers.

Drain dirty oil while still warm.

Always install the door safety struts when working on the machine.

Do not exceed recommended fluid levels.

Clean the fire suppression system sensors.

Service all hydraulic strainers and filters after the failure of a pump, motor, cylinder or valve.

Failures of this nature could contaminate the entire hydraulic system.

CHECK EMERGENCY EXITS, MONTHLY:~ Two alternate exit routes are provided: the side door emergency exit and the escape hatch/emergency exit. These are only to be used if the front door cannot be opened.

Top up diesel fuel at each shift to reduce contamination by condensation.

Before welding on the machine, be sure to disconnect all electrical connections and follow all servicing safety precautions as outlined in the WELDING, PRIOR TO of SECTION 1 in this manual.

It is therefore essential that these emergency exits be checked at least once per month to ensure they are fully operational.

Refer to EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL for checking procedure.

When welding, secure ground connection as close to the working position as possible to prevent arcing across machined surfaces or through bearings.

Clean away all branches, bark and chips.

Clean up all traces of oil to avoid fires.

Inspect the EXHAUST BLANKET and EXHAUST SYSTEM DAILY for any signs of LEAKAGE. Check for worn, cracked, broken, or damaged pipes or muffler. Also check for missing or damaged bolts or clamps. Should any exhaust leaks or defective parts be found, repairs must be made immediately. Engine exhaust leaks can cause fires, DO NOT OPERATE the machine until the exhaust leak is repaired. *OIL LOST FROM LEAKAGE

PER LEAKAGE RATE DAY ONE DROP IN 10 SECONDS 0.424 ONE DROP IN 5 SECONDS 0.852 ONE DROP PER SECOND 4.26 THREE DROP PER SECOND 14.2 DROPS BREAK INTO STREAM 90.83

LOST OIL (LITERS) LOST OIL (GALLONS) PER PER PER PER PER MONTH YEAR DAY MONTH YEAR 12.72 152.0 0.112 3.36 40.0 25.6 306.6 0.225 6.75 81.0 127.76 1533.1 1.125 33.75 405.0 425.86 5110.31 3.75 112.5 1350.0 2725.5 32706.0 24.00 720.0 8640.0

3.6

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

GENERAL FIRE PREVENTION

IMPORTANT

Maintaining your machine properly will greatly extend its life and reduce your operating costs.

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

Fire can result in a machine loss which can be financially devastating.

CAUTION

FILTER BREATHER

AFTER transporting (trucking) a machine from one job sight to the next, open all doors and access panels and blow off any debris that could have re-positioned itself onto the engine and exhaust parts due to wind turbulence caused by the journey.

MANIFOLD

•• ••

••

1. Forest debris and fine organic material (twigs, pine needles, branches, bark, leaves, saw dust, small wood chips) and any other combustible materials when allowed to accumulate, form a fuel source that when ignited is extremely difficult to extinguish. A thorough program of regular cleaning and washing will reduce the possibility of a fire starting. In the event a fire does start, the regular cleaning program will improve the chances of successfully extinguishing a fire.

S855C-001A H855C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

•• ••

PRESSURE GAUGE

•• SCHRADER VALVE

Handle UP (shown above) = Valve Closed Handle Down (90°) = Valve Open After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in this section for details.

2. Pay close attention to wiring and plumbing routings during maintenance. Ensure that ALL wiring harnesses or hydraulic hoses are properly restrained and clamped to prevent damage from chaffing.

3. Read the fire suppression system manual and have the system serviced regularly by qualified personnel.

4. In case of fire, lower the boom system to the ground and shut off the engine before discharging the fire suppression system.

Also refer to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of this manual for additional information.

3.7

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FREQUENTLY:~

• ‡ Boom joints: Conventional Boom: 6-fittings - purge Conventional w/Tilt Link: 12-fittings - purge ER Boom System: 12-fittings - purge • ‡ Cylinders; boom, stick & tilt: Conventional Boom: 8-fittings - purge ER Boom System: 10-fittings - purge

• Check engine cooling air intake screens for possible restrictions.

In broad leaf applications it may be necessary to reverse the cooling fan as frequently as every 10 mins.

• Check for debris, snow and ice buildup on emergency exits and remove accumulation immediately.

• ER Boom system: Periodically, the main boom must be lifted up as far as it will go and then lowered to operating height in an area free from overhead obstructions in order to circulate hydraulic oil from the cylinders back through the cooler and filters. This oil does not circulate through the cooler or filters during normal horizontal motion and the oil does not get completely changed during normal vertical motion, so it is important that this procedure be followed at least once every hour.

‡

Lubricating cylinder pins and boom joints:1. Ensure machine is on level ground 2. Completely tilt felling head back 3. Fully extend stick boom cylinder 4. Force heel of felling head onto ground 5. While in this position lubricate all cylinder retaining pins and boom joints

NOTE: This procedure will allow grease to flow to the normally loaded side of the pin/ bearing surfaces.

EVERY 8 HOURS:~ • Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance And in addition:~ • Check engine coolant level.

• Check engine oil level.

• Drain water from fuel/water separator.

• Check air intake precleaner operation.

• Check air cleaner unloader valve if equipped.

• Check air intake filter restriction indicator.

Replace primary filter if the indicator is in red zone.

Replace the secondary (safety) filter every third primary filter change to guarantee maximum performance and reliability.

• Check hydraulic oil level.

• Check pump drive gearbox oil level.

• Check swing drive gear box upper bearing gear oil level.

Clean:~ • Oil cooler, engine radiator and enclosure screens.

• Remove potentially damaging limbs or sticks.

Check:~ • All air intake system components (including charge air cooler) rubber elbows, connector hoses, tubes and clamps for damage, hardening, wear, cracks, leaks, loose clamps or loose hanger bracket hardware and repair or replace immediately.

• For leakage around hydraulic components and flexible hoses.

• For loose nuts, bolts and fittings.

• Condition and tension of belts.

• Visually check condition of tracks.

• Exhaust system for leaks.

• Conduct an overall visual inspection.

• Refer to the diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

Lubricate:~ • Dual Swing pinion: 2-fittings - 10 shots each • Cylinders, Leveling: 4-fittings total - purge (If equipped with leveller) • Thrust bearing, Leveling: 2-fittings - purge (If equipped with leveller)

3.8

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 24 HOURS :~

EVERY 250 HOURS:~

• Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance

• Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance • Perform 8 HOUR maintenance • Perform 24 HOUR maintenance • Perform 125 HOUR maintenance And in addition:~ • Check all hydraulic pressures.

• Check oil in pump drive gearbox.

• Replace oil in track drive gearboxes with the drain plug at the 6 O'clock position and the fill plug at the 9 O'clock position.

• Lubricate rotary manifold seal; 1 fitting - 5 shots.

Do not use power grease gun.

• Lubricate each swing drive gearbox lower bearing; 4 fitting - 5 shots each gearbox.**Do not use power grease gun. **With each swing gearbox at operating temperature slowly add 5 shots of lithium based ep2 to each side of the gearbox.

NOTE: During cold weather, the swing function must be operated for several hours to achieve operating temperature.

IMPORTANT! Do not force grease as gearbox failure may result. Do not use winter grease. Grease should purge from gearbox pinion seal.

• Clean and thoroughly inspect all surfaces of the main and stick booms for cracks. All cracks must be properly repaired in their early stages.

• Perform 8 HOUR maintenance And in addition:~ • Lubricate swing bearing; 1-fitting - 10 shots while swinging

EVERY 125 HOURS:~ • Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance • Perform 8 HOUR maintenance • Perform 24 HOUR maintenance And in addition:~ • Open both (L.H. side door and cab roof escape hatch) emergency exits to ensure they are fully operational.

• Check return filter bypass light is NOT ON with the engine running at high idle with oil flow and oil at operating temperature.

• Check track gearboxes oil level with the fill plug at the 9 O'clock position and the drain plug at the 6 O'clock position.

• Check the battery fluid level unless it is maintenance free.

• Check the hydraulic pump and motor securing bolts.

• Check torque tightening points as per new machine maintenance.

• Carry out the A/C system inspection; Refer to CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM in this section.

NOTE: In most cases cracks will continue to grow in size and often lead to major structural damage. Failure to regularly inspect for cracks and immediately repair the boom system will void the structural warranty.

Contact your Tigercat dealer for specific procedures required to correctly repair any cracks found.

Visually check for damage to:~ • Main and stick booms • Tracks, track frames and carbody • Swing bearing area • Attachment Make repairs immediately.

• Drain and replace the swing drive gear box upper bearing gear oil. Refer to recommended oils in LUBRICATION SCHEDULE CHART in this section.

• Lubricate leveller, intermediate pivot points; 2-fittings total - purge. Remove/replace protection plugs to access.

(If equipped with leveller) • Lubricate leveller, upper pivot points; 4-fittings total - purge. Remove/replace protection plugs to access. (If equipped with a leveller)

Visually inspect for:~ • Frayed electrical wiring and hydraulic hoses NOTE: Neglecting the proper maintenance of these items can result in fire.

• Wear in any other components.

Clean/replace:~ • Inspect for debris buildup between the radiator, oil cooler and A/C condenser.

• Refer to the diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

3.9

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 500 HOURS:~

Check:~ • Torque on swing bearing and swing gearbox retaining bolts.

• Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance • Perform 8 HOUR maintenance

• Torque on track drive gearboxes and motor mounting bolts.

• Perform 24 HOUR maintenance • Perform 125 HOUR maintenance

• Check track rollers for leakage. Rollers are filled with oil and are considered to be maintenance free. If a lubricant leakage is detected the rollers must be removed, repaired and replaced.

• Perform 250 HOUR maintenance And in addition:~ • Replace the engine coolant filter §.

• Check track idler assembly for leakage. The bearing is filled with oil and is considered to be maintenance free. If a lubricant leakage is detected the idler must be removed, repaired and replaced.

• Replace the engine fuel filters §.

• Replace the filter in the remote mounted fuel filter/water separator § (if equipped - earlier machines only).

• Replace the hydraulic oil pre-fill filter §. †

• Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

• Replace the hydraulic oil return filters. § Refer to FILTERS - REMOVE AND REPLACE in this section.

Lubricate:~ • Door and roof hinges; 12 fittings - 1 shot • Roof cylinder pins; apply oil liberally.

• Other door hinges; apply oil liberally † Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

3.10

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 1000 HOURS:~

NOTE: When refilling the hydraulic system, you must vent all air from the pumps, motors and valves by opening a plug or hose fitting located near or on top of the pumps, motors and valves until oil, free of air is seen flowing out of the plug or hose fitting. Failure to vent air from the hydraulic system could cause serious damage to hydraulic components. Tighten plugs or fittings and clean up any spilled oil when completed.

• Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance • Perform 8 HOUR maintenance • Perform 24 HOUR maintenance • Perform 125 HOUR maintenance • Perform 250 HOUR maintenance • Perform 500 HOUR maintenance And in addition check:~ • Fuel in-tank strainer • Replace air cleaner unloader valve

EVERY 2000 HOURS:~

• Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance • Perform 8 HOUR maintenance • Perform 24 HOUR maintenance • Perform 125 HOUR maintenance • Perform 250 HOUR maintenance • Perform 500 HOUR maintenance • Perform 1000 HOUR maintenance And in addition:~ • Replace all air intake rubber components such as elbows and connectors - High temperatures in this area can cause the rubber to harden. See AIR INTAKE MAINTENANCE in this section.

• Check ALL air intake tubing, rubber couplings and band clamps for signs of wear and leakage.

• Replace hydraulic tank breather.

• Drain and refill the hydraulic oil tank with recommended hydraulic oil. See APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in this section.

Check to ensure that the hydraulic oil type selected in the computer program matches the oil type being used. Adjust oil type if needed. This will allow the program to optimize the cooling and warning functions to best suite the oil being used. Refer to COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM ~ ALTERNATE MENUS~MACHINE SERVICE - HYDRAULIC OIL in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL or SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL, for selecting hydraulic oil type setting procedure.

It is strongly recommended that a program of regular oil testing be used. Oil change intervals can be established from oil test results.

••

OPEN PLUGS OR CASE DRAIN FITTINGS ON CASE DRAIN STRAINER AND ALL PUMPS TO VENT AIR FROM SYSTEM

LX870C-18

VENTING AIR FROM HYDRAULIC SYSTEM VENT AIR FROM FITTING OR PLUG

••

860C-133

3.11

••

COOLING FAN MOTOR

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE Before attempting to disconnect hydraulic hoses or perform work on the boom system, ensure that:

VALVE PLUGS

••

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

••

HEAD FLAT ON GROUND 860C-001

FIG. 1 - ER BOOM SYSTEM

HOIST CYLINDERS FULLY RETRACTED

FAN DRIVE CONTROL VALVE NOTE: Changing strainers, filters and replacing the hydraulic oil tends to aerate the oil. For maximum pump life, the machine should sit for 1 hour after servicing to allow entrained air to escape from the oil prior to applying working pressures to the pumps.

860C-134

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-002

FIG. 2 - ER BOOM SYSTEM

NOTE: Check all hydraulic system components, especially the cooling fan, for proper operation after hydraulic oil has been replaced.

(a) The machine is parked on level ground with the head sitting flat on the ground.

ER BOOM SYSTEM

(c) The tip of the stick boom is supported.

(b) The stick cylinders are fully extended (fig. 1) or the hoist cylinder fully collapsed (fig. 2).

For additional safety precautions refer to ER BOOM SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS in SECTION 1 OF this manual.

WARNING This machine may be equipped with an ER boom system. Because of this, it may behave in an unexpected manner compared to a conventional boom system.

NOTE: Because of the hydraulic connection between the main boom and ER cylinders, the ER cylinder can overpower the stick cylinders under certain conditions, causing the stick boom to move unexpectedly. This most often occurs when setting the MAIN BOOM UP relief valve, causing the stick to extend, but it may also happen at other times if the relief settings are not correct.

Ensure that all personnel and equipment are clear of the boom path and that there is sufficient overhead clearance for the head to rise before making any adjustments.

When performing maintenance procedures or setting up a machine equipped with an ER boom system, the following points must be noted: •

The main and stick boom cylinder circuits are connected hydraulically. Thus, disconnecting a hydraulic line to a boom cylinder may cause either boom to move unexpectedly.

•

The boom may also move unexpectedly if a port relief adjusting screw is unscrewed (counterclockwise) too far and the pressure drops below that which is required to hold the weight of the boom and head.

•

Ensure that the head is resting squarely on a solid footing and the stick cylinders are fully extended, tank pressure is relieved and engine is shut off before disconnecting any hydraulic lines.

3.12

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Tigercat Model X870C/LX870C FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE REFER TO Tigercat OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR FURTHER INFORMATION

36

9.5

•

•

QTY

USG

CHANGE COOLANT EVERY 2 YEARS

LITRE

2000 

CAPACITY

1000 

500 

250 

125 

8

ITEM NO.

SERVICE EVERY DESCRIPTION

REMARKS/LUBRICANT

60% ANTIFREEZE ** 40% DISTILLED WATER

1

COOLING SYSTEM CUMMINS QSL9….

CHK

2

ENGINE OIL/FILTER CUMMINS QSL9...

CHK •

3

PRIMARY FUEL FILTER (ENGINE)

4

SECONDARY FUEL/WATER SEPARATOR

5

ENGINE COOLANT FILTER*

6

IN-TANK FUEL STRAINER

7

AIR INTAKE PRECLEANER

CHK

1

CLEAN AS REQUIRED

8

AIR INTAKE PRIMARY ELEMENT

CHK

1 1

CHECK FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR. REFER TO 8 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINT. FOR DETAILS.

• SEE ENGINE MANUFACTURER’S SERVICE MANUAL FOR PROCEDURES, CAPACITIES AND REPLACEMENT INTERVALS

-

REP

1

DRN

REP

1

REP

1

* CUMMINS 'C' AND QSL9 ENGINES DRAIN TANK, CLEAN OR REPLACE AS NECESSARY

CHK

9

AIR INTAKE SAFETY ELEMENT

CHK

10

AIR CLEANER SCAVENGING HOSE

CHK

11

AIR INTAKE CONNECTIONS

CHK

REP

12

HYDRAULIC TANK

CHK

D/R

13

HYDRAULIC OIL PRE-FILL FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)

14

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS, (SPIN ON)

15

HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER

16

HYDRAULIC FILTER HYDROSTATIC DRIVE CHARGE PRESSURE

17

PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX

CHECK FOR LOOSE CLAMPS AND DAMAGED HOSE.

CHK

CHECK FOR LOOSE CLAMPS AND DAMAGED RUBBER COMPONENTS. REPLACE RUBBER COMPONENTS.

227

60

REP †

1

REP †

6 REP

DRAIN AND REFILL AT SEASONAL OIL CHANGE SEE APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS* *Tigercat RECOMMENDS REGULAR USE OF AN OIL TESTING PROGRAM.

CHECK RESTRICTION INDICATOR LIGHT IN CAB WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT FULL AND WITH FLOW

1

REP 1

CHK

1

1

D/R

3.75

1

1

CHECK OIL LEVEL AT SIGHT GUAGE. FILL WITH MIL-L-2105C OR API-GL-5 BELOW 23°C (-10°F) USE 75W-90 UP TO 38°C (100°F) USE 80W-90 ABOVE 38°C (100°F) USE 85W-140

6

1.5

2

FILL WITH 75W-90 (SPEC) RECOMMENDED SYNTHETIC GEAR OIL FOR SEVERE DUTY APPLICATIONS †† CHECK OIL WITH LEVEL PLUGS AT 6 AND 9 O'CLOCK POSITIONS.

7.6

2

1

IF LEAKING REMOVE AND REPAIR FILL WITH SAE 75W-90 HT OR 80W-140 HT OIL, REFER TO 500 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINT. FOR DETAILS

LUB 24HR ***

10 SHOTS

1

GREASE WHILE SWINGING *** EVERY 24 HOURS LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

10 SHOTS EACH PINION

2

GREASE WHILE SWINGING LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB *

5 SHOTS EACH FITTING

4

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE  *REFER TO 250 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FOR DETAILS

LUB *

2 SHOTS

1

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE  *REFER TO 250 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FOR DETAILS

2

FILL WITH 75W-90 OR 80W-140 SYNTHETIC GEAROIL TO BOTTLE FILL LINE

†† CHK

18

TRACK DRIVE GEARBOX

D/R

19

TRACK ROLLERS AND IDLERS CHECK FOR LUBRICANT LEAKAGE

20

SWING BEARING ***

21

SWING PINION DOUBLE SWING DRIVE

22

SWING GEARBOX LOWER BEARING DOUBLE SWING DRIVE

23

ROTARY MANIFOLD TOP SEAL

24

SWING GEARBOX UPPER GEARING DOUBLE SWING DRIVE

CHK

25

BOOM,STICK AND TILT JOINTS - WITH CONVENTIONAL BOOM……….

- WITH CONVENTIONAL & TILT LINK...

- WITH ER BOOM SYSTEM…………….

LUB

PURGE

...6 ...12 …12

26

CYLINDERS; BOOM, STICK & TILT - WITH CONVENTIONAL BOOM - WITH ER BOOM SYSTEM………...

LUB

PURGE

…8 …10

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

27

LEVELLER CYLINDERS

LUB

PURGE

4

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

PURGE

2

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

PURGE

3

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

CHK

D/R

35

9.25

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

28

LEVELLER THRUST BEARING

29

LEVELLER PIVOTS

30

DOOR AND ROOF HINGES

LUB

1 SHOT

12

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

31

DOOR CYLINDER PINS

LUB

LUBRICATE

4

APPLY OIL LIBERALLY

32

FELLING ATTACHMENT

LUB

SEE MANUFACTURER'S MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

 LITHIUM BASED EP2 GREASE CONTAINING MOLYBDENUM DISULFIDE ** ANTIFREEZE MUST MEET GM 6038M SPECIFICATIONS SEE ENGINE MANUFACTURER'S MAINTENANCE MANUAL † Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

X870C LX870C LUBCHART SEPTEMVER 2014.XLS

3.13

LEGEND: CHK - CHECK DRN - DRAIN D/R - DRAIN AND REFILL LUB - LUBRICATE REP - REPLACE

Lubrication and Maintenance NOTE: PURGE ALL LUBRICATION POINTS WITH LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher UPPER PIVOT BEARING

4 FTG/250

BOTH SIDES

LEVELLING CYLINDER ROD END

2 FTG/8

LEVELLING CYLINDER BASE END

BOTH SIDES

2 FTG/8

INTERMEDIATE PIVOT BEARING

2 FTG/250

THRUST BEARING

BOTH SIDES

2 FTG/8

BOTH SIDES

LEVELLER COMPONENT LUBRICATION POINTS 53148BENG R0

DANGER

23526A R0

TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH USE SUPPORT BRACE AS SHOWN WHEN SERVICING.

3.14

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS In addition to providing the vehicle with its normal operational functions, hydraulic oil is also used to fill the swing gearbox and brake.

Use one of the following oils to fill or replenish the hydraulic system.

3.15

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

SWING DRIVE LUBRICATION

250

20065A R0

REAR VIEW

250

20065A R0

860C-224A 860C-230

860C-241

LOWER BEARING GREASE FITTINGS

LOWER BEARING GREASE FITTINGS

ROTARY MANIFOLD SEAL

LUBRICATION OF SWING DRIVE GEARBOX LOWER BEARINGS The cavity in the lower portion of the gearbox where the two lower bearings are housed is completely filled with grease.

250

20065A R0

Open the hydraulic pump compartment and locate the 4 lube fittings. With the gearbox at operating temperature and the lubricating grease warm, use a hand grease gun and slowly pump five shots of grease into each grease fitting. DO NOT OVERGREASE! NOTE: During cold weather applications the swing function must operate for several hours to achieve operating temperature. Warm the lubricating grease to 22°C (72°F) before lubricating the gearboxes. DO NOT FORCE GREASE; gearbox failure may result. DO NOT USE WINTER GREASE. Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE - 250 HOURS in this section.

For additional information refer to SECTION 15 in the SERVICE MANUAL.

860C-241

LUBRICATION OF ROTARY MANIFOLD SEAL To lubricate the rotary manifold seal, apply 2 shots grease every 250 hours to the grease fitting closest to the rear of the machine.

NOTE: During cold weather applications the swing and machine functions must operate for several hours to achieve operating temperature.

Warm the lubricating grease to 22°C/72°F before lubricating the rotary manifold seal. DO NOT OVER GREASE.

IMPORTANT! Do Not use a power grease gun to lubricate this machine. Use a hand grease gun only.

3.16

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher LUBRICATION OF SWING DRIVE GEARBOX UPPER GEARING

For lubrication schedule, refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in this section.

For additional information refer to SECTION 15 in the SERVICE MANUAL.

GEAROIL BOTTLE

SWING DRIVE MOTOR

MAIN VALVE

H860C-17

UPPER GEARING LUBRICATION

Each swing gearbox upper gearing is filled with gear oil. Use 75W-90 or 80W-140 synthetic gear oil. Follow the lubricating procedure on the label located beside the gear oil bottle and also refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE - 250 HOURS in SECTION 3 of this manual.

For additional information refer to SECTION 15 in the SERVICE MANUAL. LUBRICATION OF SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING

24 250

20065A R0

8 250

20065A R0

860C-96A

SWING PINION & BEARING FITTINGS

To lubricate the swing bearing, apply 10 shots of grease, while swinging, every 24 hours to one of the two grease fittings located on the seat pedestal in the operator cab. To lubricate the swing pinion (or teeth) apply 10 shots grease, while swinging, every 8 hours to the other grease fitting located on the seat pedestal. The grease fittings are clearly labelled.

3.17

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

FILTERS - REMOVE AND REPLACE

IMPORTANT! Filters that are an integral part of the engine (fuel and lubricating oil) should be serviced and replaced according to the engine manufacturer operation and maintenance manual.

IMPORTANT! Failure to service and replace filters at the proper intervals specified in the manufacturer manuals, could cause damage to the machine and result in the product warranty becoming NULL and VOID. Check Tigercat parts catalog for replacement filters.

Tier III engines typically use filters with a very fine micron rating. If the fuel supply is dirty, the fuel filter must be replaced more frequently than recommended in the owner’s manual. Operating the machine with a clogged fuel filter will result in low engine power. It is also recommended that the fuel/water separator bowl be drained daily.

Refer to the appropriate engine manufacturer operation and maintenance manual for correct procedures and time intervals when servicing the engine oil, fuel and coolant filters. Read and understand the SAFETY section in each of these manuals.

When installing a new fuel filter, DO NOT pre-fill with diesel fuel, or engine fuel pump damage will result. This type of failure is not warrantable by the engine manufacturer.

SECONDARY FUEL FILTER

To prolong the operating life of the fuel filter, ensure that the fuel supply storage tank is clean and free of water and that the fuel is pre-filtered prior to adding it to the machine.

PRIMARY FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR WATER‑IN‑FUEL SENSOR CONNECTION

860C-412

DRAIN TAP

ENGINE FUEL FILTER AND FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR

OIL FILTER COOLANT FILTER

860C-411

ENGINE OIL FILTER & COOLANT FILTER

3.18

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

CAUTION If using pressurized water or compressed air for cleaning, use at 2 Bar (30 psi) or less.

Always use personal protective equipment (safety glasses) to guard against flying debris.

Any service work must be performed by a certified A/C technician. The system should be charged with R134a refrigerant only. PAG (polyalkylene glycol) oil should be present in the system and must be used on 'O' rings and fittings during assembly.

3. Check for dirt and debris on the evaporator coil located inside the A/C-heater unit and also the inside of the A/C-heater unit. Clean as required.

A/C SYSTEM TOTAL CAPACITIES R134a REFRIGERANT 1.36 kg (3 lbs)

PAG OIL (polyalkylene glycol) 207 ml (7 oz)

CHECK A/C BELT TENSION AND ADJUST AS REQUIRED

The compressor and charge valves are accessed on the right side of the engine. The receiver dryer is mounted to the fan shroud seal support bracket.

Perform the following inspection along with the 125 HOUR inspection outlined in SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in this section.

••

••

1. Check re-circulating and fresh air filters in the operator cab. Refer to SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. CLEAN AND REMOVE PRE-SCREEN TO ACCESS CONDENSER CORE

CHECK A/C CONDENSER CORE BEHIND PRE-SCREEN

H860C-30

CHECK CONDITION OF A/C BELT

4. With the engine stopped, check and adjust compressor drive belt tension.

5. Check all A/C hoses for kinks.* 6. Run the air conditioning system for 3 - 5 minutes.

7. Check to see that the compressor clutch engages.* 845C-086

CHECK A/C CONDENSER CORE

8. Listen to the compressor and blower motor for abnormal noises.*

2. Check the condenser core for dirt and debris.

Clean as required. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER AND RADIATOR in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

860-121X

9. Check the air temperature exiting vents in the cab. * Indicates that these repairs must only be carried out by a certified A/C technician.

REAR CLEAN-OUT DOOR 3.19

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher CHARGE AIR COOLER

RADIATOR

OIL COOLER

RADIATOR/OIL COOLER/CHARGE AIR COOLER

860C-245

10. Inspect the sight glass on the receiver dryer with the A/C ON. A constant stream of bubbles indicates the system requires charging.*

SIGHT GLASS INDICATES CONDITION OF CHARGE

Check the colour in the moisture indicator; BLUE is OK. PINK indicates desiccant material in the dryer is saturated with moisture. In this situation replace the receiver/ dryer, evacuate the system and recharge the system with both refrigerant and PAG oil.*

•• ••

* Indicates that these repairs must only be carried out by a certified A/C technician.

For additional SERVICE information refer to the Tigercat A/C SERVICE MANUAL part number 18795A, available from Tigercat parts department.

MOISTURE INDICATOR BLUE - OK. PINK - REPLACE DRYER, RECHARGE SYSTEM

IMPORTANT! It is recommended that during cold weather, when the A/C system is not in use, that it be run for a period of 5 minutes every 2 weeks. This will circulate oil to all components of the A/C system.

•• A/C RECEIVER/DRYER

860-070

A/C RECEIVER/DRYER 3.20

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher 4 3

2

COVER PLATE

1

STRAINER

855C-090

FUEL TANK ASSEMBLY

FUEL TANK - STANDARD

An electric fuel shut-off valve (3) is located on top of the RH. tank fuel supply fitting. The fuel shut-off valve is activated by the ignition switch. When the ignition switch is ON or in the RUN position the shut-off valve is open allowing fuel to flow to the engine. When the ignition switch is OFF the fuel shut-off valve is turned OFF.

COMPONENTS 1. Fuel Cap 2. Fuel Level Sender 3. Fuel Supply Shut-off Solenoid Valve 4. Fuel Return Check Valve

The return line (4) on the top of the R.H. tank is fitted with a check valve to prevent reverse flow from the tank.

Located at the rear of the upper frame the fuel tank assembly consists of three compartments, a L.H tank, a centre section and a R.H. tank.

FUEL TANK CAPACITY The STANDARD fuel tank has a total capacity of 946 L (250 US gal).

The fuel filler cap (1) is located on top of the LH. tank and incorporates a strainer built into the neck of the fill pipe to prevent foreign particles from entering the tank during filling.

The fuel level sender (2) is located on top of the RH. tank.

3.21

Lubrication and Maintenance 4

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher 2 R.H. COMPARTMENT

3

COVER PLATE

1

STRAINER CHECK VALVES - QTY. 2

855C-089

FUEL TANK ASSEMBLY

FUEL TANK OPTIONAL HIGH CAPACITY

An electric fuel shut-off valve (3) is located on top of the RH. tank fuel supply fitting. The fuel shut-off valve is activated by the ignition switch. When the ignition switch is ON or in the RUN position the shut-off valve is open allowing fuel to flow to the engine. When the ignition switch is OFF the fuel shut-off valve is turned OFF.

COMPONENTS 1. Fuel Cap 2. Fuel Level Sender 3. Fuel Supply Shut-off Solenoid Valve

The return line (4) on the top of the R.H. tank is fitted with a check valve to prevent reverse flow from the tank.

4. Fuel Return Check Valve Located at the rear of the upper frame the fuel tank assembly consists of three compartments, a L.H tank, a centre section and a R.H. tank.

NOTE: The high capacity fuel tank is equipped with two flapper style check valves that retain the fuel in the R.H. compartment of the fuel tank. The valves maintain the fuel level on the supply side of the tank.

The fuel filler cap (1) is located on top of the LH. tank and incorporates a strainer built into the neck of the fill pipe to prevent foreign particles from entering the tank during filling.

FUEL TANK CAPACITY The OPTIONAL HIGH CAPACITY fuel tank has a total capacity of 1268 L (335 US gal).

The fuel level sender (2) is located on top of the RH. tank.

3.22

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

R.H. COMPARTMENT COVER PLATE

COVER PLATE

STRAINER CHECK VALVES

STRAINER

855C-090

FUEL TANK STRAINER

855C-089

FUEL TANK STRAINER - STANDARD

FUEL TANK STRAINER

FUEL TANK STRAINER - OPTIONAL (HIGH CAPACITY)

A stainless steel 150 micron fuel strainer is screwed onto the end of the fuel supply pipe located inside the fuel tank. The strainer is accessible by removing the rear cover plate.

A stainless steel 150 micron fuel strainer is screwed onto the end of the fuel supply pipe located inside the fuel tank. The strainer is accessible by removing the R.H. fuel tank clean-out cover.

CHANGING/CLEANING THE STRAINER: NOTE: This should only be required if excessive quantities of foreign material has built up inside the tank.

1. Park machine on level ground with attachment resting on the ground.

2. Stop engine. Turn battery disconnect switch to the OFF position.

3. Drain the fuel tanks. Drain plugs accessible from underside of upper frame.

4. Remove the rear clean-out cover plate and “O” ring.

5. Before removing strainer, clean any debris from inside bottom of tank(s) and wipe clean.

6. Remove the fuel strainer using hex on end of strainer. Carefully clean strainer (NOTE: rough handling can cause damage).

7. Check for a buildup of foreign material where the strainer screws onto the pipe.

8. Reinstall the strainer.

9. Reinstall fuel tank cover plate with “O” ring.

10. Refuel and check for leaks.

11. Turn battery disconnect switch ON and start engine, check for leaks again.

12. Clean up any spilled fuel before returning machine to operation.

CHANGING/CLEANING THE STRAINER: NOTE: This should only be required if excessive quantities of foreign material has built up inside the tank.

1. Park machine on level ground with felling head resting on the ground.

2. Stop engine. Turn battery disconnect switch to the OFF position.

3. Drain the fuel tanks. Drain plugs accessible from underside of upper frame.

4. Disconnect the fuel supply and return hoses at the fuel tank. Remove the R.H. clean-out cover plate and “O” ring.

5. Before removing strainer, clean any debris from inside bottom of tank(s) and wipe clean.

6. Remove the fuel strainer using hex on end of strainer. Carefully clean strainer (NOTE: rough handling can cause damage).

7. Check for a buildup of foreign material where the strainer screws onto the pipe.

8. Reinstall the strainer.

9. Reinstall fuel tank cover plate with “O” ring and reinstall fuel supply and return hoses.

10. Refuel and check for leaks.

11. Turn battery disconnect switch ON and start engine, check for leaks again.

12. Clean up any spilled fuel before returning machine to operation.

3.23

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

REFUELING PROCEDURE Park machine on level ground, shut off engine and allow machine to cool.

VENTING SOLENOID VALVE FUEL FILLER CAP INDICATOR LIGHT FUEL FLOAT SWITCH QUICK CONNECT COUPLING ATTACHED TO FUEL SUPPLY HOSE

DO NOT refuel while smoking or near an open flame or sparks.

Clear obstructions from steps and handles needed to access fuel tank.

ON/OFF FUEL FILL SWITCH

Open cover on top of fuel tank (if equipped)and clear any debris from around the fill cap.

Remove filler cap slowly to allow pressure to escape from tank.

860C-567

FUEL FILLER SOLENOID SHUT-OFF VALVE

BOTTOM FUELING SYSTEM

BOTTOM FUELING OPTION FUEL FILLING INSTRUCTIONS 1. Park machine with the upper frame level.

Inspect fill cap gasket.

Inspect fuel strainer located under the fill cap for debris or damage.

2. Remove dust caps from quick disconnect ends and attach fuel truck supply line to machine.

Attach grounding strap, to an unpainted metal surface on the machine, if the fueling tank or nozzle is so equipped.

3. Turn on fuel transfer pump (on fuel supply truck or tank).

Fill tank until fuel level reaches the strainer or the full mark on the sight gauge if equipped. Do not leave nozzle unattended or spillage may occur.

4. Pull the ON/OFF FUEL FILL switch.

5. The amber indicator light will illuminate indicating the fuel fill valve is open.

Remove nozzle and ground strap (if applicable), then install fill cap hand tight before closing fill cap cover.

6. When the tank is full the fuel fill valve will close and the amber indicator light will go off.

Before restarting the machine, check that no other personnel have moved into the hazardous area and sound the horn.

7. Turn off the fuel transfer pump.

8. Disconnect lines and return dust caps to quick disconnects.

OPTIONAL BOTTOM FUELING SYSTEM

9. The fuel fill valve can be closed at any time during the filling procedure by pushing in the ON/OFF fuel fill switch.

The bottom fueling system includes a quick disconnect coupling which can be reached from ground level, a solenoid operated fuel filling shutoff valve, an interior mounted fuel float switch to activate the shut-off valve when the tank is full and an ON/OFF switch box with an indicator light.

10. A solenoid operated vent valve at the top of the tank opens when filling to allow fuel vapours to escape and closes when the fuel fill switch is shut off.

NOTE: This system relies on a remote fuel transfer pump mounted on the fuel supply truck or tank. There is no fuel transfer pump mounted on the machine.

IMPORTANT! Never leave the machine unattended during the fuel filling process.

11. Regularly inspect and repair all fuel fill system components to reduce the risk of spillage or fire.

3.24

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher HYDRAULIC OIL HEATER (OPTIONAL)

•• • •

HYDRAULIC FILTER SERVICING GUIDELINES

2

••

IMPORTANT! Tigercat generally does not recommend the prefilling of spin-on filters due to the risk of damage to the hydraulic system caused by unfiltered oil. Unfiltered oil used to pre-fill filters enters directly into the hydraulic circuit. Contaminants in unfiltered oil can cause significant and costly damage to hydraulic valves, pumps and motors.

The cleanliness of hydraulic oil cannot be guaranteed unless it is always prefiltered before use.

1

860-017

This is a 120 volt, 2000 watt immersion heater (1) with two outlet plugs (2). To obtain full output, both plugs must be used, connected to separate power outlets.

Contaminated hydraulic fluid can lead to premature failure of hydraulic components and costly repairs. Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals. Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION.

IMPORTANT! Do not leave the heater plugged in for a prolonged period of time without the oil circulating. Localized high temperatures can damage hydraulic oil.

Use of hydraulic oil filters other than the Tigercat brand could lead to severe wear and rapid failure of hydraulic system components.

WARNING

WARNING, HOT HYDRAULIC OIL AND HOT MACHINE SURFACES CAN CAUSE SERIOUS BURNS!

3.25

•

Before servicing the machine, allow the hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

•

Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

•

DO NOT begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 38°C (100°F)!

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS

HYDRAULIC FILL PUMP -ELECTRICAL

IMPORTANT! PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK. 34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing the hydraulic system, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

2

1

To release pressure from the hydraulic tank: FILTER BREATHER

FILL TUBE

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE (SHOWN IN UP POSITION) UP = CLOSED DOWN = OPEN

•• ••

PRESSURE GAUGE 5 PSI MAX (34.5 KPA)

•• •• 860C-148

860C-497

HYDRAULIC FILL PUMP & FILTER

ADDING OIL TO HYDRAULIC TANK

SCHRADER VALVE ~ ADD 5 PSI (34.5 KPA) AIR PRESSURE TO PRESSURIZE TANK AFTER SERVICE IS COMPLETED

Remove the fill tube from the holder. Thoroughly clean the outside surface of the suction tube and remove the plug. Insert end of the tube into the hydraulic oil supply drum.

Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic tank by opening the AIR VENT VALVE. pull the valve handle down 90° to open. Push the valve handle up to close.

NOTE: Expelled air from vent valve will blow accumulated loose debris in the enclosure.

Releasing hydraulic tank pressure in the event of a hose breakage may reduce oil loss.

IMPORTANT! THE AIR VENT VALVE MUST BE OPENED BEFORE CHANGING HYDRAULIC FILTERS AND STRAINERS OR PERFORMING ANY OTHER SERVICE ON HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS. DO NOT OPERATE MACHINE WITH THE AIR VENT VALVE IN THE OPEN POSITION. During a filter change or return hose replacement, air is able to enter the return hydraulic circuit.

It is important to bleed as much of this air out as possible prior to restarting the machine. See HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS filter change procedure for instructions on bleeding air from return circuit. AIR BUBBLES IN THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM WILL DAMAGE THE PUMPS. After the service is completed, close the air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

Operate the pump using the pump switch (1) located on the side of the pump compartment (2). The oil is pumped directly into the hydraulic tank via a filter. Observe the level gauges on the rear of the tank to determine when to release the switch. The hydraulic oil level should be within 5cm (2” ) of the HIGH mark on the level gauge with the boom fully extended.

Replace plug on fill tube, wipe dry and store after filling. Failure to keep the fill tube clean will significantly reduce the life of the filter elements.

IMPORTANT! Direct contact with oil implies a risk of skin complaints. Oil on skin should be washed off immediately with soap and water. Refer also to WORKING WITH OIL in SECTION 1 of this manual.

3.26

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS

HYDRAULIC FILTER SERVICING GUIDELINES

1

IMPORTANT! Tigercat generally does not recommend the prefilling of spin-on filters due to the risk of damage to the hydraulic system caused by unfiltered oil. Unfiltered oil used to pre-fill filters enters directly into the hydraulic circuit. Contaminants in unfiltered oil can cause significant and costly damage to hydraulic valves, pumps and motors.

The cleanliness of hydraulic oil cannot be guaranteed unless it is always prefiltered before use.

3

2

Contaminated hydraulic fluid can lead to premature failure of hydraulic components and costly repairs. Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals, Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION.

4

860C-244A

Use of hydraulic oil filters other than the Tigercat brand could lead to severe wear and rapid failure of hydraulic system components.

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

There are six replaceable filters (3) mounted on filter heads beside the tank (1) and three mesh type reusable strainers on the end of each return tube in the reservoir.

WARNING

The filters should be checked/changed at the intervals specified in the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in SECTION 3 of this manual. If the FILTER BYPASS* warning light comes on between scheduled maintenance intervals, STOP THE MACHINE and change these filter elements.

WARNING, HOT HYDRAULIC OIL AND HOT MACHINE SURFACES CAN CAUSE SERIOUS BURNS!

*NOTE: The FILTER BYPASS warning light may come on if oil is not brought up to temperature after cold start ups. Refer to MACHINE PREPARATION in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in this section.

860C-020

HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS 3.27

•

Before servicing the machine, allow the hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

•

Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

•

DO NOT begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 38°C (100°F)!

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher 10. The new Tigercat filter is supplied with two gaskets (enclosed). Examine the filter head closely to determine which gasket should be used and follow the instructions to ensure proper installation.

IMPORTANT

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from the tank using the air vent valve.

FILTER BREATHER MANIFOLD

•• ••

•• S855C-001A H855C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

FILTER HEAD

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

•• ••

GASKET

PRESSURE GAUGE

••

FILTER ELEMENT

FILTR_SEALS 2

SQUARE SECTION GASKET INSTALLATION

 Square Section Gasket

SCHRADER VALVE

Remove the used gasket and clean the groove in the head.

After service is completed, close the air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

Apply clean oil to the new gasket surfaces.

Install the new gasket into the groove in the filter head.

Return Filter change procedure: 1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting on the ground.

Screw on the new filter until the gasket makes contact.

Tighten the filter an additional 3/4 of a turn.

2. Open the enclosure roof and left side enclosure door.

FILTER HEAD

3. Stop the engine.

4. Turn the BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH to the ‘OFF’ position.

GASKET

NOTE: Leveling machines are equipped with a service ladder, which should be utilized for service access to the left side of the enclosure.

FILTER ELEMENT FILTR_SEALS 2

5. Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic reservoir by opening the AIR VENT VALVE. Pull the handle DOWN 90° to open the valve.

'O' RING GASKET INSTALLATION

 'O' RING GASKET Remove the used gasket and clean the gasket seat in the head.

NOTE: Air pressure expelling from the vent valve will blow accumulated loose debris in the compartment.

Apply clean oil to the new gasket surfaces.

Install the new gasket on the inside lip of the filter.

6. Wipe clean the area around the filter and head.

Screw on the new filter until the gasket makes contact.

7. Wearing eye and face protection (in case of an oil spray), unscrew the old filter.

Tighten the filter until the top edge makes metal to metal contact with the filter head.

8. Dispose of the old filter and any oil properly.

(Approximately 1–1/2 additional turns after gasket contact.)

9. Drain away any accumulation of oil in the tray (if equipped) by using the drain hose routed through the floor to a waste oil container.

11. Close the AIR VENT VALVE, push handle UP.

3.28

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

IMPORTANT

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from the tank using the air vent valve.

RETURN MANIFOLD

FILTER BREATHER

COUPLER CONNECTION

MANIFOLD

BLEED HOSE

••

WASTE OIL CONTAINER

S855C-004

••

••

BLEEDING AIR FROM HYDRAULIC RETURN CIRCUIT S855C-001A H855C-001

12. Attach the bleed hose (located in the compartment behind cab above hydraulic tank) to the coupler on the return manifold.

AIR VENT EXHAUST

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

•• ••

PRESSURE GAUGE

•• SCHRADER VALVE

After service is completed, close the air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

13. Route the hose to a waste oil container.

14. Use the fill pump to raise the hydraulic oil level up to the FULL line, replacing oil lost during the filter change.

FILTER - HYDRAULIC TANK PRE-FILL There is a hydraulic oil pre-fill filter installed in the fill line to filter oil prior to entering the hydraulic tank. For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in this section.

15. As oil is being pumped into the tank, purge the air out the bleed hose from the return manifold until a steady stream of oil is coming from the bleed hose.

16. Disconnect the bleed hose from the coupling at the return manifold.

17. Clean up any spilled oil.

18. If the oil level reaches the full mark before the air is completely bled, pressure can be added to the hydraulic tank via the Schrader valve from a clean air source (i,e, compressed air from the service truck or shop). Monitor the hydraulic reservoir pressure gauge when adding air pressure. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

19. Start the engine and check for leaks.

20. Run the engine at IDLE speed for at least five minutes to purge any remaining air from the filter system. Then, STOP the engine for 15 minutes to allow the air bubbles in the hydraulic tank to rise.

21. Re-check the hydraulic oil level – top-up as required.

H855C-080

3.29

HYDRAULIC FILL PUMP FILTER

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Pre-Fill Filter change procedure: 1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting on the ground.

Tighten the filter an additional 3/4 of a turn.

FILTER HEAD

2. Open the enclosure roof and left side enclosure door.

GASKET

3. Stop the engine.

4. Turn the BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH to the ‘OFF’ position.

FILTER ELEMENT

NOTE: Leveling machines are equipped with a service ladder, which should be utilized for service access to the left side of the enclosure.

FILTR_SEALS 2

'O' RING GASKET INSTALLATION

 'O' RING GASKET Remove the used gasket and clean the gasket seat in the head.

5. Wearing eye protection, release the air from the hydraulic reservoir by opening the AIR VENT VALVE. Pull the handle DOWN 90° to open valve.

Apply clean oil to the new gasket surfaces.

Install the new gasket on the inside lip of the filter.

NOTE: Air pressure expelling from the vent valve will blow accumulated loose debris in the compartment.

Screw on the new filter until the gasket makes contact.

6. Wipe clean the area around the filter and head.

Tighten the filter until the top edge makes metal to metal contact with the filter head.

7. Wearing eye and face protection (in case of an oil spray), unscrew the old filter.

(Approximately 1–1/2 additional turns after gasket contact.)

8. Dispose of the old filter and any oil properly.

11. Close the AIR VENT VALVE, push handle UP.

9. Drain away any accumulation of oil in the tray (if equipped) by using the drain hose routed through the floor to a waste oil container.

10. The new Tigercat filter is supplied with two gaskets (enclosed). Examine the filter head closely to determine which gasket should be used and follow the instructions to ensure proper installation.

FILTER HEAD

GASKET

FILTR_SEALS 2

FILTER ELEMENT

SQUARE SECTION GASKET INSTALLATION

 Square Section Gasket Remove the used gasket and clean the groove in the head.

Apply clean oil to the new gasket surfaces.

Install the new gasket into the groove in the filter head.

Screw on the new filter until the gasket makes contact.

3.30

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher HYDROSTATIC DRIVE CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

IMPORTANT

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from the tank using the air vent valve. Refer to the hydraulic tank pressurization instructions in this section.

CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

STRAINER ELEMENT

FILTER BREATHER MANIFOLD

•• ••

LX870C-19

••

HYDRAULIC PUMP COMPARTMENT

The charge pressure filter is located in the hydraulic pump compartment and is on the output side of the hydrostatic drive charge pump.

S855C-001A H855C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

•• ••

PRESSURE GAUGE

•• SCHRADER VALVE

12. Close the air vent valve (push the handle up).

Add air pressure to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve from a clean air source. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

For service and replacement intervals, see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in this section.

13. Start the engine and check for leaks.

Filter change procedure: 1. Park the machine on flat ground with the upper structure level and the felling head resting on the ground.

14. Clean up any spilled oil before returning the machine to operation.

IMPORTANT! Tigercat does not recommend the pre-filling of spin-on filters due to the risk of damage to the haudraulic system caused by unfiltered oil. Unfiltered oil used to pre-fill filters enters directly into the hydraulic circuit. Contaminants in unfiltered oil can cause significant and costly damage to hydraulic valves, pumps and motors.

The cleanliness of the hydraulic oil cannot be guaranteed unless it is always prefiltered before use.

2. Stop the engine.

3. Turn the BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH to the OFF position. Always install a DO NOT START ENGINE sign on the operator cab door and in the engine compartment when making repairs to the machine.

4. Wearing eye protection, pull the handle DOWN 90° to open the AIR VENT VALVE and release the air from the hydraulic tank.

5. Wipe clean the area around the filter and head.

6. Place rags below to catch any spilt oil.

7. Wearing face protection (in case of an oilspray), unscrew the old filter. Properly dispose of the old filter and any oil.

8. Check the seating area for the gasket on the filter head and wipe it clean.

9. The new filter has an attached gasket. Apply clean hydraulic oil to the gasket surface.

10. Screw on the new filter until the gasket makes contact with the seat in the filter head.

11. Hand tighten the filter an additional 1/2 turn only.

3.31

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN STRAINERS/DIFFUSERS IMPORTANT! PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK. 34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from the tank using theair vent valve.

FILTER BREATHER MANIFOLD

1

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE PRESSURE GAUGE

S855C-001A H855C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

860C-244A

HYDRAULIC TANK CLEAN-OUT COVER/S 7. Remove the round access cover plates (1) and 'O' rings.

8. Before removing the strainers, clean any debris from the bottom of the tank and wipe it clean.

9. Remove the three hydraulic oil return strainers using the hex cap on the end of the strainer.

Carefully clean the strainers (they may be damaged by rough handling).

10. Check for a buildup of foreign materials where the strainers screw onto the pipes and cover plate.

11. Reinstall the strainers using the hex cap on the end.

12. Reinstall the access cover plates with the NEW 'O' rings.

13. Add hydraulic oil to the tank using fill pump.

14. Close the air vent valve (push handle up).

Add air pressure to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve from a clean air source. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

15. Bleed the air from the main, attachment, and saw pumps, and the fan valve, by loosening the case drain hose fittings at each pump connection.

16. Continue filling the hydraulic tank using the fill pump. Tighten the case drain hose fittings to the pumps when the oil is seen coming from the pump case drain ports. It is important that all air is evacuated from the pumps.

17. Fill the hydraulic tank up to the FULL mark on the sight gauge using the fill pump.

18. Recheck the oil level and add hydraulic oil up to the FULL mark using the fill pump.

NOTE: Changing strainers and filters and replacing the hydraulic oil tends to aerate the oil.

For maximum pump life, the machine should sit for 1 hour after servicing to allow the entrained air to escape from the oil prior to applying working pressures to the pumps.

SCHRADER VALVE

STRAINER/ DIFFUSERS

860C-019X 860C-029

RETURN TUBE STRAINER/DIFFUSERS

There are three reusable strainers/diffusers on the return tubes. The strainers should be inspected whenever the hydraulic tank is drained. See SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in this section.

For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in this section.

CHANGING OR CLEANING THE STRAINER: This should be performed in the event of a pump failure or hydraulic oil contamination.

1. Park the machine on level ground with the felling head resting on the ground. Position the upper frame to allow access to the drain plug in the bottom of hydraulic reservoir.

2. Stop the engine.

3. Open the service enclosure doors and install the safety strut.

4. Turn the BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH to the 'OFF' position.

5. Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic tank by opening the AIR VENT VALVE. Pull the handle DOWN 90° to open valve.

6. Drain the hydraulic tank via a drain plug in the bottom of the tank.

3.32

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher CASE DRAIN STRAINERS

IMPORTANT

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from the tank using the air vent valve.

FILTER BREATHER MANIFOLD

•• ••

•• S855C-001A H855C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

STRAINER ELEMENT

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

•• ••

PRESSURE GAUGE

CASE DRAIN STRAINER

860C-085

The other strainer element is located under the main valve in the valve compartment. This element is dedicated to case returns from the attachment head.

ONLY IN THE EVENT OF A PUMP OR MOTOR CATASTROPHIC FAILURE SHOULD THESE ELEMENTS BE SERVICED.

•• SCHRADER VALVE

After service is completed, close the air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

Two case drain strainer elements are located on the machine.

FILTER BREATHER

IMPORTANT! These elements should only be serviced in the event of a pump or major motor failure. Always use the correct replacement element.

CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

STRAINER ELEMENT

860C-148

LX870C-19

HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER

HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER

HYDRAULIC PUMP COMPARTMENT

The hydraulic tank breather is located in the compartment at the rear of the operator cab. This breather should be replaced every 2000 hours.

One element is located in the pump compartment and services most pump case drains.

3.33

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX MAINTENANCE GUIDE

The internal components of the pump drive gearbox are splash lubricated by the action of the gears when turning. It is very important to maintain the correct level of oil in the gearbox at all times. An oil level sight gauge is remote mounted to the side of the upper frame. A drain/ fill hose and reservoir is located close to the sight gauge. The oil level must be checked ONLY when the machine is on level ground and the oil is HOT. Always wait at least 5 minutes after stopping the engine before checking the oil level.

INTERNAL LUBRICATION

PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX OIL FILL/ RESERVOIR

••

PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX OIL LEVEL GAUGE

•• ••

PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX DRAIN LX870C-03

PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX OIL LEVEL GAUGE

COMMON CONVERSIONS To Convert Bar cc °C Kg KW Liters mm Nm N

Into PSI Cu. in. °F lbs.

HP Gallons Inches lb.-ft. lbs.

Multiply By 14.5 0.06102 (°C x 9/5) + 32 2.205 1.341 0.2642 0.03937 0.7375 0.22481

To Convert Cu. in. °F Gallons HP Inches lbs. lb.-ft.

PSI In. of HG In. of H2O lbs.

3.34

Into cc °C Liters KW mm Kg Nm Bar PSI PSI. N

Multiply By 16.39 (°F - 32) /1.8 3.785 0.7457 25.4 0.4535 1.356 0.06896 . 4912 03613 4.4482

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher AIR INTAKE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

ELECTRICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

INDICATOR IN CAB

AIR PRECLEANER

AIR INTAKE BOX AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY

855C-1

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

AIR CLEANER The air cleaner on this machine uses two filters: a primary filter and a safety filter.

The most common and most damaging air intake servicing problems are: OVER SERVICING Filters increase in dust cleaning efficiency as dust builds up on the media. Looks can be deceiving.

A filter that looks dirty is actually more efficient than one that is clean. A filter with dust build up on the media reaches nearly 100% dust cleaning efficiency. Only when a filter is so clogged with dirt that air restriction goes beyond engine manufacturer's guidelines, should a filter be replaced.

CHECK AIR INTAKE DAILY

860C-224

The air intake should be checked daily to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the air intake area.

NOTE: This does not apply to hydraulic oil or diesel engine filters.

To ensure maximum engine protection, it is important that the filters be serviced correctly and at proper servicing intervals.

IMPROPER SERVICING Engine exposure to dust during servicing is the largest single reason for engine damage due to dust.

Refer to the CLEANING THE AIR INTAKE PRE-CLEANER SECTION OF THE AIR CLEANER in this section.

Abrasive dust can easily enter the intake system once the air cleaner cover and safety filter are removed for replacement. The safety filter does reduce this risk but it should also be replaced at every third primary element change.

In addition to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE outlined in this section, the following should also be noted.

3.35

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

IMPORTANT STEPS TO FOLLOW WHEN CHANGING AIR FILTERS

6. Check your old filter for foreign material on sealing surfaces that is causing leakage.

NOTE: Filters should never be cleaned and reused. Cleaning causes dust to bypass the filter and be deposited on the inner surface of the filter media. The dust is then drawn directly into the engine.

7. Inspect the new filter(s) before installing.

Visually check for cuts, tears or indentations on the sealing surfaces before installation. If any damage is visible, do not install.

8. Replace safety filter (if replacing).

Insert the safety filter tab into the positioning slot before pushing the filter in place. Using the plastic handle on the safety filter, slide the filter at an angle into the outlet side and push in place until the filter seats firmly and evenly within the housing.

3

HOUSING SERVICE COVER SAFETY FILTER

PRIMARY FILTER

PRE‑CLEANER/ AIR INTAKE HOUSING

1

FILTER HOUSING

2

9. Insert the primary filter.

Slide the filter down at a 5º angle (1) until it hits the end of the housing. Push the filter toward the outlet housing (2) to complete the seal.

NOTE: The safety filter must be installed correctly and seated firmly to allow installation of the primary filter.

OUTLET HOUSING

46916BUNI R0

860C-222

AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY

1. Shut off engine. Unlatch and remove the housing service cover.

2. Remove primary filter carefully to avoid dislodging dust.

First, loosen the filter gasket seal. Using the handle, push down on the filter to loosen the seal, tilting the filter to a 5º angle. Pull the filter out of housing.

3 1

3. Remove safety filter (if replacing).

Using the plastic handle on the face of the secondary filter, pull the filter towards the centre of the housing and remove.

2

10. Replace the service cover.

Place the service cover (3) in position and fasten the latches.

NOTE: If the cover doesn’t seat, remove and re-check the filter position. Cover will be difficult to install if filter is not installed correctly.

NOTE: Replace the safety filter on every third primary filter change.

46916BUNI R0

4. Always clean the inside of the outlet tube when replacing the safety filter.

5. Always clean sealing surfaces before inserting new filter(s).

11. Inspect connections and ducts for air tight fit.

Ensure that all clamps, bolts and connections are tight. Check rubber elbows for splits or wear points. Leaks in these locations send dust directly to the engine.

3.36

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher CLEANING THE AIR INTAKE PRECLEANER SECTION OF THE AIR CLEANER

HOUSING SERVICE COVER

In the event of light to moderate buildup of dust on the air intake precleaner tubes and/or vanes, they can be cleaned with compressed air as follows:

SAFETY FILTER

1. Shut off engine. Unlatch and remove the housing service cover.

PRIMARY FILTER

CAUTION Use compressed air for cleaning only when the machine is cold to avoid the risk of fire caused by debris being blown into contact with hot surfaces.

If using compressed air for cleaning, use at 2 bar (30 psi) or less.

Always use personal protective equipment (eye wear) to guard against flying debris.

PRE-CLEANER/ AIR INTAKE HOUSING

2. First, direct a compressed air jet from the INSIDE of the housing.

Remove the primary filter to access the inside of the housing.

Always keep the safety filter in place during this procedure to prevent debris from entering the outlet tube to the engine.

OUTLET HOUSING FILTER HOUSING

3. Next, direct a compressed air jet into the air intake from the OUTSIDE of the housing.

860C-348

AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY

NOTE: In extreme cases, the air cleaner may need to be removed from the vehicle and the precleaner section soaked in a noncaustic cleaning solution and warm water for approximately 30 minutes. Primary and safety filters should be removed for this procedure.

Rinse with clean water and dry thoroughly at ambient temperature. Reassemble and reinstall; tighten all connections per manufacturer recommendations.

4. Clean out any debris left in the housing after the procedure.

5. Reinstall the primary filter.

6. Replace the service cover.

Place the service cover in position and fasten the latches.

NOTE: If the cover doesn’t seat, remove and re-check the filter position. Cover will be difficult to install if filter isn’t installed correctly.

7. Repeat steps 1 to 6 as required.

NOTE: If the buildup is heavy the same procedure may be used but multiple cleanings may be required.

3.37

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

ELECTRICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

INDICATOR IN CAB

AIR PRECLEANER

AIR INTAKE BOX AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY

855C-1

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR A filter restriction indicator is located in the engine enclosure as shown above and one is located in the cab on machines 8XXX2161 and up.

NOTE: Machines 8XXX2101 to 8XXX2160 were equipped with one mechanical and one electrical air filter restriction indicator. An optional air filter restriction indicator kit 46249B01 is available to make it easier to check the restriction indicator.

The kit adds a second mechanical indicator in the cab which is a valuable tool to assit the operator in monitoring the air filter and deciding when service is necessary.

The indicators are remote mounted and are connected to the outlet side of the air filter with a 1/4" diameter hose. Replace the primary air filter when the indicator shows RED. The indicator provides a continuous reading whether the engine is running or is shut down. After replacing the filter, reset the indicators by pressing the reset button.

NOTE: Replace the safety element every third primary filter change.

3.38

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher 3

3

4

2 1 5

AIR INTAKE BY-PASS COVER During cold weather operation the cover plate on the air box can be removed and repositioned on the air box. Repositioning the cover allows warm service compartment air to enter the air box during cold weather operation.

PRECLEANER

AIR INTAKE BOX 855C-202

ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER The engine air precleaner cleans engine air before it reaches the air cleaner filter elements.

It removes contaminants such as dust, powder, insects, rain and snow. This precleaner is self powered and self cleaning requiring virtually no maintenance. However, it should be checked periodically to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the intake area or the exhaust port area.

UNLOADER VALVE 860C-405

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE This rubber valve on the tube of the air cleaner housing should be checked before every shift (8 hrs). If this valve is missing, damaged or has turned hard, it will cause the air cleaner to become ineffective. The valve should be replaced every 1000 Hours.

HOW IT WORKS: 1. Dirty air (1) enters the precleaner, which is clamped onto the engine air intake.

2. Specially designed vanes (2), curved and angled to precisely direct air flow, move the dirty air toward the stainless steel impeller (3).

3. The dynamically balanced, one piece impeller (3) (only moving part) creates a tornado inside the housing.

4. The centrifugal force of the tornado expels the heavier than air dirt particles (4), chaff, dust, snow, rain, etc., out the discharge louver.

5. Cleaned air (5) enters the engine air cleaner intake pipe, and the filter element has only the very light particles to remove.

Remove the unloader valve from the tube of the air cleaner housing. A good valve is soft and flexible. Check and clean the valve. If it was plugged, then check the filter elements as they may need to be replaced as well. Reattach the valve to the tube. The valve should suck closed at about ⅓ of full throttle. When operating in high dust conditions this valve should be checked and squeezed frequently to release dust buildup.

3.39

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

HANGER BRACKET

AIR INTAKE RUBBER COMPONENTS 855C-2

INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS Check all air intake system components, rubber elbows, connector hoses, tubes and clamps for damage, hardening, wear, cracks, leaks, loose clamps or loose hanger bracket hardware and repair or replace immediately.

Replace all air intake rubber components such as elbows and connectors every 2000 hours. High temperatures in this area can cause the rubber to harden.

3.40

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher TRACK OPERATION AND WEAR PREVENTION

Alternate turning directions.

If you're always turning in the same direction, the undercarriage components on one side of the machine will wear at a different rate than those on the other side. To ensure even wear, pay attention to the way you're turning-and change directions whenever possible.

Make gradual turns instead of counterrotations.

Counter-rotating accelerates wear on the tracks and other undercarriage components. Don't use that technique unless job conditions demand it. Instead, turn the machine gradually while slowly moving forward or reverse. Gradual turns minimize cuts, tears and excessive wear in the undercarriage. They also reduce damage to soft or sensitive work surfaces.

PROTECTING STEEL TRACKS Steel tracks are designed to perform in tough underfoot conditions. Take these steps to maximize service life and reduce operating costs.

Start every shift with a clean undercarriage.

When mud and debris build up on the lower part of your machine, components wear at a faster rate. Do not begin work until the undercarriage area is clean.

In the event a counter rotation is required some Feller Buncher operators will carefully push the boom and felling head down against a suitable obstacle and lift the forward or rear sections of the track off the ground. The operator will then counter rotate the tracks while swinging the upper frame. This will disengage most of the track length from the ground during the counter rotation resulting in less site damage and potentially less track wear. This is a complex maneuver and should only be completed with fully trained and experienced operators working in stable ground conditions.

Inspect the undercarriage before you start working.

In addition to ensuring that the undercarriage is clean, spend a couple of minutes on a visual inspection. Check for loose bolts, leaky seals and abnormal wear patterns. When you spot potential problems early, you can often prevent them from turning into bigger issues that reduce component life significantly or cause expensive unscheduled downtime.

Don't spin the tracks.

Track spinning, reduces production, it increases fuel consumption, without a corresponding increase in productivity. And it accelerates undercarriage wear, so your costs escalate.

Grouser bars are especially prone to wear problems associated with track slippage.

Watch your speed.

There are times when a job requires higher speed operation, but the fact is, wear accelerates as speed increases. Links, rollers and idlers are particularly vulnerable. Keep them working longer by controlling your speed.

Avoid unnecessary reverse operation.

Operating in reverse-even at slow speedscompounds bushing and sprocket wear as the track tension loads are applied to the top side of the chain. So avoid an unproductive reverse operation.

Work up or down a slope whenever possible.

Working across a slope can shorten undercarriage component life, so try to structure the job with minimal cross-slope activity.

3.41

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Watch transition areas.

Try to minimize travel over transition obstacles as this accelerates undercarriage wear. If you must go across a transition, position the machine 90° to the transition. Without ground support, the undercarriage is subjected to side stresses that can result in rapid, excessive wear.

Other factors:

Configuration refers to the way your machine is equipped and is therefore something you can control. To minimize undercarriage wear on steel-track machines, always use the narrowest track shoe possible that meets your flotation requirements. If you work in very sticky materials, consider using center-punched track shoes to reduce material packing in the undercarriage area.

Maintenance discipline plays a big role in undercarriage component life. One of the most critical maintenance practices is track adjustment.

Tight track is the number-one "track killer." But whether your track is too loose or too tight, improper adjustment accelerates wear which can increase downtime and repair costs. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for track adjustment, and always perform the adjustment in the machine's working environment. A second important maintenance process is cleaning the undercarriage. To maximize wear life, remove mud and debris at the end of every shift, or more frequently if necessary.

Application refers to the type of work you do.

Bunching, loading, grading, digging and trenching are a few examples. This factor is largely beyond your control, but generally speaking, the more you work in high horsepower, high-torque applications, the faster your undercarriage will wear.

Material type is another key contributor to undercarriage wear that is outside your control, the more abrasive the material, the more rapid the wear rate.

Talk to the experts: Undercarriage components are expensive!

To get long life and maximum value from your investment, consult with a dealer or factory rep that really knows the undercarriage business.

Ask for advice on operating techniques. Explore relevant application, material and terrain issues.

Fine-tune your maintenance processes. Working together with an undercarriage expert, you can manage your equipment investment over the long term.

Terrain, a third uncontrollable factor, describes the contours and slopes at your job site. The more time you spend in rugged, sloped areas, the faster your undercarriage will wear out.

3.42

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher CONTROLLABLE WEAR FACTORS

wear life vs. track sag

TRACK CHAIN SAG • TOO TIGHT TRACK CHAINS SIGNIFICANTLY SHORTENS BUSHING O.D. WEAR LIFE

2026

6,5

3522

6,0 5,5 5,0 bushing OD wear (mm)

MEASURING TRACK SAG

4,5 4,0 3,5 3,0 2,5 2,0 1,5 15mm sag 50mm sag

1,0 0,5 0,0 0

500

860C-320 845-012A1

LIFT LEFT TRACK

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

4000

wear life (hrs)

TORQUE PROCEDURE

1. Position attachment head in vertical position and swing boom to side of machine.

2. Place attachment on the ground and force down with boom controls, lift track clear of the ground.

3. Rotate track in forward and reverse several times. Stop the track while in reverse. Do not clean the track.

4. Stop engine.

860C-333

UNDERSIDE OF TRACK GUARD

SAG DIMENSION

•

Incorrect bolt torque is the leading cause of shoe loosening

•

Torque + turn is the shoe bolts assembly method -

Provides controlled stretch of the bolt (about 0.3 mm). It is the stretch that prevents the bolt from coming loose.

-

Provides up to 25% more clamp load than straight torque.

-

It is not influenced by friction / condition of mating components.

UPPER SURFACE OF TRACK SHOE 853ILL8

MEASURING SAG DIMENSION

5. Measure distance between top surface of track shoe at centre of lower surface of track frame.

6. This dimension should be between 4" and 6" for normal operations.

•

NOTE: If track sag is less than specified, track chain wear will be accelerated. If track sag is excessive, it is possible for the track to jump off the sprocket.

3.43

TORQUE PROCEDURE

The method is also used on other critical joints, such as sprocket, master sections, final drives. Refer to SECTION 11 of the SERVICE MANUAL for torque specifications.

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

TORQUE CHART LOCATION Cylinder, Hoist and Stick, 110 mm (6336B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Hoist, 120 mm (8640B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Tilt, 130 mm (46022B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Tilt, 120 mm (6337B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Leveller (13274B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Leveller (42495B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Swing bearing Swing bearing bolts Swing gearbox mounting bolts Swing motor mounting bolts Engine mounting Cummins QSL9 Engine Bolts, bracket/mount to chassis rear Bolts, bracket/mount to chassis front Bolts, bracket to engine, front Bolts, bracket to gearbox, rear Pump Drive Torsional drive coupler mounting Pump drive gearbox mounting Track shoe bolts (D6) Track shoe bolts (FH400) Track shoe bolts (F8) Roller mounting bolts Roller mounting bolts Roller mounting bolts Sprocket bolts Gearbox mounting bolts Drive motor mounting bolts Leveller,fore/aft pivot shaft and housing bolts

THREAD DIAMETER

TORQUE (LUBRICATED) lbf-ft Nm

M58 M14

4160 126

5640 171

M62 M16

3525 200

4780 267

M75 M14

T/T** 129

T/T** 175

M62 M16

3525 200

4780 267

2 3/4" UNC M22

5200 480

7000 650

M75 M14

TT** 129

TT** 175

7/8" UNC M20 M20

500 400 430

620-680 530 542

M24 M24 M12 5/8" UNC

675 675 80 160-175

925 925 110 215-235

1/2" 7/16" UNC GR5 3/4" UNF M24 M20 7/8" UNC 1" UNC M24 M20 M20 M12 M20 M24

80-88 40 T/T* T/T* T/T* 450 682-750 675 380 380 95 380 675

109-119 54 T/T* T/T* T/T* 610 925-1016 915 515 515 130 515 915

T/T* represents Torque-turn, this is a method of torquing the track shoe bolts which is fully described in SECTION 11 of the Tigercat SERVICE MANUAL. T/T** represents Torque-turn, apply blue loctite to threads, then torque nut to 600 lbf-ft / 814 Nm, mark line on nut and rod then rotate nut thru 70 degrees.

Torque values pertaining to the engine and attachment are provided in the service manuals applicable to those major components.

X870C LX870C TORQUE CHART SEPTEMBER 2014.XLS

3.44

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

GENERAL TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS The torque values listed below are for general use only.

DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is shown for a specific application.

IMPERIAL GRADE 8 BOLTS

GRADE 5 BOLTS

IMPERIAL BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS GRADE 5 BOLTS GRADE 8 BOLTS COARSE THREAD 1/4" - 20 5/16" - 18 3/8" - 16 7/16" - 14 1/2" - 13 9/16" - 12 5/8" - 11 3/4" - 10 7/8" - 9 1" - 8 1 1/8" - 7 1 1/4" - 7 FINE THREAD 1/4" - 28 5/16" - 24 3/8" - 24 7/16" - 20 1/2" - 20 9/16" - 18 5/8" - 18 3/4" - 16 7/8" - 14 1" - 14 1 1/8" - 12 1 1/4" - 12

DRY lbf-ft Nm 11 - 12 15 - 16 26 - 30 35 - 40 44 -48 60 - 65 70 - 77 95 - 104 106 - 117 144 - 158 153 - 168 208 - 228 212 - 233 288 - 316 376 - 414 510 - 561 606 - 667 822 - 904 909 - 1000 1233 - 1355 1288 - 1417 1746 - 1921 1817 - 1999 2464 - 2710 DRY lbf-ft Nm 13 - 14 18 - 19 23 - 28 31 - 38 49 - 54 67 - 73 78 - 86 106 - 116 120 - 132 163 - 179 171 - 188 232 - 255 240 - 264 326 - 358 420 - 462 570 - 626 668 - 735 906 - 996 995 - 1096 1359 - 1486 1445 - 1590 1960 - 2155 2012 - 2213 2728 - 2997

LUBRICATED DRY LUBRICATED COARSE lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm THREAD 8 - 10 11 - 13 1/4" - 20 7- 8 10 - 11 8 - 10 11 - 13 20 - 28 27 - 38 5/16" - 18 14 - 18 19 - 24 10 - 15 13 - 20 33 - 36 45 - 49 3/8" - 16 31 - 34 42 - 46 23 - 25 31 - 34 52 - 57 71 - 77 7/16" - 14 49 - 54 66 - 73 37 - 41 50 - 55 80 - 88 109 - 119 1/2" - 13 75 - 83 102 - 112 57 - 63 77 - 85 115 - 127 156 - 172 9/16" - 12 109 - 120 148 - 162 82 - 90 111 - 122 159 - 175 216 - 237 5/8" - 11 150 - 165 204 - 223 113 - 124 152 - 168 282 - 310 393 - 420 3/4" - 10 266 - 293 360 - 397 200 - 220 271 - 298 455 - 501 617 - 679 7/8" - 9 394 - 433 535 - 586 296 - 326 402 - 441 682 - 750 925 - 1016 1" - 8 591 - 649 802 - 879 443 - 489 601 - 663 966 - 1062 1310 - 1441 1 1/8" - 7 794 - 873 1077 - 1183 596 - 656 808 - 889 1360 - 1496 1844 - 2027 1 1/4" - 7 1120 - 1232 1519 - 1670 840 - 924 1139 - 1252 FINE LUBRICATED DRY LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm THREAD 10 - 13 14 - 17 1/4" - 28 9 - 10 12 - 13 9 - 10 12 - 13 18 - 25 25 - 33 5/16" - 24 17 - 22 23 - 29 16 - 20 21 - 27 37 - 41 50 - 55 3/8" - 24 35 - 39 48 - 53 26 - 29 35 - 39 58 - 64 79 - 86 7/16" - 20 55 - 61 75 - 83 41 - 45 56 - 61 90 - 99 122 - 134 1/2" - 20 85 - 94 116 - 127 64 - 70 87 - 95 128 - 141 174 - 191 9/16" - 18 121 - 133 164 - 180 91 - 100 124 - 135 180 - 198 244 - 268 5/8" - 18 170 - 187 231 - 253 128 - 141 174 - 191 315 - 347 427 - 470 3/4" - 16 297 - 327 403 - 443 223 - 245 303 - 332 501 - 550 679 - 745 7/8" - 14 434 - 477 589 - 646 326 - 359 442 - 486 746 - 821 1012 - 1113 1" - 12 646 - 711 876 - 965 484 - 534 657 - 724 1083 - 1191 1469 - 1613 1 1/8" - 12 891 - 980 1208 - 1328 668 - 735 906 - 996 1509 - 1660 2046 - 2250 1 1/4" - 12 1240 - 1364 1682 - 1849 931 - 1024 1262 - 1387

METRIC

CLASS 4.8 SIZE LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

METRIC BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS

CLASS 8.8 OR 9.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

CLASS 10.9 DRY LUBRICATED Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

CLASS 12.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

M6 M8 M10

4.8 12.0 23.0

3.5 8.5 17.0

6.0 15.0 29.0

4.5 11.0 21.0

9.0 22.0 43.0

6.5 16.0 32.0

11.0 28.0 55.0

8.5 20.0 40.0

13.0 32.0 63.0

9.5 24.0 47.0

17.0 40.0 80.0

12.0 30.0 60.0

15.0 37.0 75.0

11.5 28.0 55.0

19.0 47.0 95.0

14.5 35.0 70.0

M12 M14 M16

40.0 63.0 100.0

29.0 47.0 73.0

50.0 80.0 125.0

37.0 60.0 92.0

75.0 120.0 190.0

55.0 88.0 140.0

95.0 150.0 240.0

70.0 110.0 175.0

110.0 175.0 275.0

80.0 130.0 200.0

140.0 225.0 350.0

105.0 165.0 225.0

130.0 205.0 320.0

95.0 150.0 240.0

165.0 260.0 400.0

120.0 190.0 300.0

M18 M20 M22

135.0 190.0 260.0

100.0 140.0 190.0

175.0 240.0 330.0

125.0 180.0 250.0

260.0 375.0 510.0

195.0 275.0 375.0

330.0 475.0 650.0

250.0 350.0 475.0

375.0 530.0 725.0

275.0 400.0 540.0

475.0 675.0 925.0

350.0 500.0 675.0

440.0 625.0 850.0

325.0 560.0 460.0 800.0 625.0 1,075.0

410.0 580.0 800.0

M24 M27 M30

330.0 490.0 675.0

250.0 360.0 490.0

425.0 625.0 850.0

310.0 650.0 450.0 950.0 625.0 1,300.0

M33 900.0 M36 1,150.0

475.0 825.0 600.0 925.0 675.0 1,150.0 850.0 1,075.0 800.0 1,350.0 1,000.0 700.0 1,200.0 875.0 1,350.0 1,000.0 1,700.0 1,250.0 1,600.0 1,150.0 2,000.0 1,500.0 950.0 1,650.0 1,200.0 1,850.0 1,350.0 2,300.0 1,700.0 2,150.0 1,600.0 2,700.0 2,000.0

675.0 1,150.0 850.0 1,750.0 1,300.0 2,200.0 1,650.0 2,500.0 1,850.0 3,150.0 2,350.0 2,900.0 2,150.0 3,700.0 2,750.0 850.0 1,450.0 1,075.0 2,250.0 1,650.0 2,850.0 2,100.0 3,200.0 2,350.0 4,050.0 3,000.0 3,750.0 2,750.0 4,750.0 3,500.0

TORQUECHARTGENERAL.XLS

3.45

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Parker

Assembly Torque

The 4-Bolt Split Flange consists of four main components: • A body (flange head) • An O-ring • One “captive” or two “split” flange clamps

The four-bolt port is simply a circular opening (flow passage) surrounded by four tapped holes in a certain pattern for acceptance of the flange clamping bolts. The flat surface of the port compresses the O-ring contained in the groove in the flange head when the clamp bolts are torqued. In some instances, the groove is in the port and not in the flange head. The bolts, through the clamp halves, clamp down the flange head on to the flat surface of the port compressing and trapping the O-ring in the groove and leaving no gap for it to extrude under pressure. The hydraulic pressure is thus sealed by the compressed O-ring as long as the bolts are tightened enough to maintain solid metal to metal contact between the flange head at the outside diameter of the O-ring and the top of the port.

• Four bolts and washer

WASHERS BOLTS FLANGE CLAMP

Flange Port Assembly

FLANGE HEAD

The steps to properly assemble the flange port clamping bolts are: 1. Make sure sealing surfaces are free of burrs, nicks, scratches or any foreign particles.

2. Lubricate the O-ring.

3. Position flange and clamp halves.

4. Place lock washers on bolts and insert through clamp halves.

5. Hand tighten bolts.

6. Torque bolts in diagonal sequence (see FIG. T9) in small increments to the appropriate torque level listed in Table T6 or Table T7 on this page.

O-RING TAPPED HOLES

FLANGE.JPG

FIG. T8 - 4 Bolt Split Flange Components

FLANGE2.JPG

FIG. T9 - Flange Bolt Tightening Sequence

Dash Size

Flange Size

Inch Bolt (J518)

Torque lbf-ft

Metric Bolt (ISO 6162)

Torque N-m

Dash Size

Flange Size

Inch Bolt (J518)

Torque lbf-ft

Metric Bolt (ISO 6162)

Torque N-m

8 12 16 20 24 32 40 48 56 64 80

1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 5

5/16-18 3/8-16 3/8-16 7/16-14 1/2-13 1/2-13 1/2-13 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11

17 +/- 2 25 +/- 3.5 31 +/- 4.5 41 +/- 5 52 +/- 6 60 +/- 6 85 +/- 9 144 +/- 15 125 +/- 8 125 +/- 8 125 +/- 8

M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16

25 49 49 85 85 135 95 220 220 220 220

8 12 16 20 24 32

1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2

5/16-18 3/8-16 7/16-14 1/2-13 5/8-11 3/4-10

17 +/- 2 30 +/- 4.5 46 +/- 4.5 69 +/- 6 125 +/- 8 208 +/- 20

M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M20

25 49 85 135 210 425

* Does not meet ISO 6162 specification.

Table T7 - Code 62 Flange Recommended Bolt Torque

* Does not meet ISO 6162 specification.

Table T6 - Code 61 Flange Recommended Bolt Torque

3.46

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Parker

Assembly Torque

JIC 37 Degree Flare SAE Dash Size

Thread Size

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

NPTF

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection FFWR FFWR

5/16-24 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12 3-12

NA NA 2 2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1

SAE Dash Size

NA NA 2 2 1 1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

F.F.W.R : Flats From Wrench Resistance All values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

1/8-27 NA 1/4-18 NA 3/8-18 1/2-14 7/8-14 3/4-14 NA 1-11 1/2 1 1/4-11 1/2 1 1/2-11 1/2 2-11 1/2 NA

Thread Size

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

NA NA 1/4 TO 1/2 NA 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 NA 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 NA NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

BSPT

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection FFWR FFWR

NA NA 9/16-18 NA 11/16-16 13/16-16 1-14 1 3/16-12 NA 1 7/16-12 1 11/16-12 2-12 NA NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

T.F.F.T. : Turns from finger tight All pipe values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

O'ring Face Seal / Seal-Lok SAE Dash Size

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection TFFT TFFT

Thread Size

SAE Dash Size

NA NA 1/2 TO 3/4 NA 1/2 TO 3/4 1/2 TO 3/4 1/2 TO 3/4 1/3 TO 1/2 NA 1/3 TO 1/2 1/3 TO 1/2 1/3 TO 1/2 NA NA

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

F.F.W.R : Flats From Wrench Resistance All values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

Thread Size

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection TFFT TFFT

1/8-28 NA 1/4-19 NA 3/8-19 1/2-14 NA 3/4-14 NA 1-11 1 1/4-11 1 1/2-11 2-11 NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

T.F.F.T. : Turns from finger tight All pipe values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

SAE J1926 Straight Thread Port Assembly Torques ASSEMBLY TORQUE = 10 % -0 SAE DASH SIZE

2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 32

THREAD SIZE

5/16-24 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

SEAL-LOK lbf•ft (lbf•in) (310) (310) (310) (360) (420) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

N •m 20 20 20 40 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

TRIPLE-LOK FERULOK PIPE FITTINGS lbf•ft N •m (lbf•in) (85) 10 (155) 18 (260) 29 (280) 32 (350) 40 (620) 70 85 115 135 183 175 237 200 271 250 339 305 414 375 509

PLUGS

ADJUSTABLE

NON-ADJUSTABLE

SEAL-LOK lbf•ft (lbf•in) (310) (310) (310) (360) (420) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

3.47

N •m 20 20 20 40 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

TRIPLE-LOK FERULOK PIPE FITTINGS lbf•ft N •m (lbf•in) (60) 7 (100) 11 (180) 20 (250) 28 (350) 40 (620) 70 85 115 135 183 175 237 200 271 250 339 305 414 375 509

HOLLOW HEX

HEX HEAD

HP5ON-S

P5ON-S

lbf•ft (lbf•in) (30) (55) (120) (170) (410) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

N •m 3.5 6 13.5 19 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

lbf•ft (lbf•in) (85) (155) (260) (280) (350) (620) 85 135 175 200 250 305 375

N •m 10 18 29 32 40 70 115 183 237 271 339 414 509

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Assembly Torque

EATON Aeroquip Recommended Parallel Connection Assembly torque

Eaton recommends that a Torque wrench be used to assure proper fitting assembly of these connections.

Straight Thread O-Ring Boss Low Pressure with 37º (SAEJ514)

Straight Thread O-Ring Boss High Pressure with ORS (J1453)

Thread Size (inches) 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

Dash Size -03 -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32

The values listed are for steel connections. Contact Teaton for torque values for other materials.

Jam Nut or Jam Nut or Straight Straight Fitting Torque Fitting Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 8-9 12-13 13-15 18-20 14-15 19-21 23-24 32-33 40-43 55-57 43-48 59-64 68-75 93-101 83-90 113-122 112-123 152-166 146-161 198-218 154-170 209-230 218-240 296-325

Dash Size -03 -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24

ORS

Dash Size -04 -06 -08 -10 -12 -16 -20 -24

Thread Size (inches) 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12

Jam Nut or Jam Nut or Straight Straight Fitting Torque Fitting Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 8-10 11-16 14-16 20-22 18-20 24-27 24-26 33-35 50-60 68-78 72-80 98-110 125-135 170-183 160-180 215-245 200-220 270-300 210-280 285-380 270-360 370-490

SAE 37º (JIC) Thread Size (inches) 9/16-18 11/16-20 13/16-16 1-14 1 3/16-12 1 7/16-12 1 11/16-12 2-12

Swivel Nut Torque lb.-ft.

10-12 18-20 32-35 46-50 65-70 92-100 125-140 150-165

Swivel Nut Torque Newton Meters 14-16 24-27 43-47 62-68 88-95 125-136 170-190 204-224

Dash Size -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -16 -20 -24 -32

Metric Thread Size mm M10x1 M12x1.5 M14x1.5 M16x1.5 M18x1.5 M20x1.5 M22x1.5 M26x1.5 M27x2 M33x2 M42x2 M48x2

Thread Size (inches) 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

Swivel Nut Torque lb.-ft.

11-12 15-16 18-20 38-42 57-62 79-87 108-113 127-133 158-167 245-258

Swivel Nut Torque Newton Meters 15-16 20-22 24-28 52-58 77-85 108-119 148-154 173-182 216-227 334-352

BSPP Straight Adapter or Locknut Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 13-15 18-20 15-19 20-25 19-23 25-30 33-40 45-55 37-44 50-60 52-66 70-90 55-70 75-95 81-96 110-130 96-111 130-150 162-184 220-250 170-192 230-260 258-347 350-470

Nominal Thread Size Straight Adapter or Locknut Torque inches** lb.-ft.

Newton Meters G1/8-28 13-15 18-20 G1/4-19 19-23 25-30 G3/8-19 33-40 45-55 G1/2-14 55-70 75-95 G3/4-14 103-118 140-160 G1-11 162-184 220-250 G1 1/4-11 170-192 230-260 G1 1/2-11 258-347 350-470 ** "G" denotes parallel threads, other than ISO 6149 (Port connection only)

Eaton Aeroquip Fluid Conveyance Products A-HOOV-MC001-E January 2005

3.48

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Weights of Commercial Wood

Species

kg/m3

Alder, Red Ash, White Aspen, Quaking Bald Cypress Basswood, American Beech, American Birch, Paper Birch, Yellow Cedar, Alaska Cedar, Incense Cedar, Northern White Cedar, Port-Orford Cedar, Western Red Cherry, Black Cottonwood, Eastern Douglas Fir, Coast Douglas Fir, Inland North Elm, American Fir, Alpine Fir, Balsam Fir, Nobel Fir, Red Fir, Silver Fir, White Gum, Black Gum, Blue Gum, Red Gum, Tupelo Hemlock, Eastern Hemlock, Western Hickory, Pecan Hickory, True Larch, Western Locust, Black Magnolia, Cucumber

737 769 689 817 673 865 801 929 577 721 449 897 433 721 785 881 577 865 449 721 481 769 577 753 721 1121 801 897 801 657 993 1009 769 929 785

lb/ft3 46 48 43 51 42 54 50 58 36 45 28 36 57 45 49 55 36 54 28 45 30 48 36 47 45 70 50 56 50 41 62 63 48 58 49

NOTE: The values shown here are green weights.

3.49

Species

kg/m3

Maple, Big Leaf Maple, Black Maple, Red Maple, Silver Maple, Sugar Oak, Black Oak, Chestnut Oak, Red Oak, Red, Swamp Oak, Swamp Chestnut Oak, White Oak, White, Swamp Pine, Jack Pine, Loblolly Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Long Leaf Pine, Norway, Red Pine, Short Leaf Pine, Slash Pine, Sugar Pine, Western Yellow Pine, White-Western Pine, White-Eastern Poplar, Yellow Redwood Spruce, Black Spruce, Engleman Spruce, Red Spruce, Sitka Spruce, White Sweetgum Sycamore, American Tamarack Walnut, Black Willow, Black

753 865 801 721 897 1009 977 1009 1073 1041 993 1105 801 993 625 993 673 993 993 817 721 561 577 609 801 513 625 545 529 545 801 833 753 929 801

lb/ft3 47 54 50 45 56 63 61 63 67 65 62 69 50 62 39 62 42 62 62 51 45 35 36 38 50 32 39 34 33 34 50 52 47 58 50

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE (Check appropriate box) Mult-Weight Oil 140° F Summer Oil

140° F

Winter Oil Spec.

ENGINE RPM - CUMMINS High Idle, no load maximum Low idle, no load Rated working PILOT SUPPLY Pilot supply pressure; low idle, no function Pilot supply pressure; high idle, no function Pilot supply pressure; high idle, 1 Track in air, Max speed Secondary Pilot Supply pressure from Main Pump

110° F Actual

RPM

1950 RPM 950 RPM 1800 RPM

High Low

34 bar (500 PSI) 34 bar (500 PSI) 34 bar (500 PSI) 31 bar (450 PSI)

Low High High Low

MAIN PUMP Anti-Stall set Point 155 RPM below engine RPM High Stand-by Pressure, Max with Pilot OFF 34 bar (500 PSI) Low Margin pressure 20 bar (290 PSI) High To set Margin Pressure: Set head Forward speed to 25 seconds, set head tilt Forward to 138 bar (2000 PSI) MAIN VALVE Main Relief Non - Adjustable Load sense relief (measured at 'P' port) 314 bar (4550 PSI) High Boom port reliefs Low Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port 338 bar (4900 PSI) Stick port reliefs Low Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port 338 bar (4900 PSI) Tilt port reliefs Low Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port 338 bar (4900 PSI) Low Tilt restrictor (pump pressure) 55-69 bar (800-1000 PSI) Level Fore/Aft port reliefs Low Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port 338 bar (4900 PSI) Level Right/Left port reliefs Low Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port 338 bar (4900 PSI) SWING Speed Swing Plate relief Crossline reliefs - Motor 1 Crossline reliefs - Motor 2

**Set speed before pressures** 7.5 RPM (measured at 'LS' port) 255 bar (3700 PSI) Full Flow @ 'LS' port 290 bar (4200 PSI) Full Flow @ 'LS' port 296 bar (4300 PSI)

X870C LX870C PRESSURE R3 .XLS 05/08

Page 1 of 5

3.50

High High High High

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher DRIVE PUMP X870C L.H. Final Drive Pump Crossline relief Pressure override

400 bar (5800 PSI) 365 bar (5300 PSI)

High High

R.H. Final Drive Pump Crossline relief Pressure override

400 bar (5800 PSI) 365 bar (5300 PSI)

High High

LX870C L.H. Final Drive Pump Crossline relief Pressure override

359 bar (5200 PSI) 328 bar (4750 PSI)

High High

R.H. Final Drive Pump Crossline relief Pressure override

359 bar (5200 PSI) 328 bar (4750 PSI)

High High

Y1 55-69 bar (800 - 1000 PSI) 34 bar (500 PSI)

Low Low

MAX. DISP. 32 RPM MAX.

High High

Y1 55-69 bar (800-1000 PSI) 34 bar (500 PSI)

Low

DRIVE MOTOR X870C L.H. Final Drive Motor Start of regulation

4400 PSI @ P

Brake release (pilot pressure) Speed R.H. Final Drive Motor Start of regulation

** Low High 4400 PSI @ P

Brake release (pilot pressure) Speed

** Low MAX. DISP. High 32 RPM MAX. ** MAX. DISP. Setting: Turn screw out until off the stroking piston, turn it back in until contact, then set max. disp. By turning screw 1/4 turn in. (track raised off ground running in low). Adjust for straight tracking.

LX870C L.H. Final Drive Motor Start of regulation 4000 PSI @ P Y1 55-69 bar (800 - 1000 PSI) Brake release (pilot pressure) 34 bar (500 PSI) Speed R.H. Final Drive Motor Start of regulation

Low High 4000 PSI @ P

Brake release (pilot pressure) Speed

Low High

Page 2 of 5

3.51

Low High High

Low Low

12 RPM MAX. 28 RPM MAX.

High High

Y1 55-69 bar (800-1000 PSI) 34 bar (500 PSI)

Low Low

12 RPM MAX. 28 RPM MAX.

High High

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

CHARGE/PILOT SUPPLY PUMP Pressure override SAW PUMP Pressure override Stand-by Pressure Displacement

34 bar (500 PSI)

Low

248 bar (3600 PSI) 34 bar (500 PSI) 2 3/4 turn in from Max

Low Low

Note : Maximum displacement is where the max displacement screw loses contact with the actuator.

SAW CONTROL VALVE Main relief

(Full Flow) 296 bar (4300 PSI)

SAW MOTOR (check appropriate box) Tigercat DT5003 Start of regulation Speed Motor 'X' dimension (with 100mm 3.94" Screw) ("X" for Initial set-up only) Tigercat ST5401 Start of regulation Speed Motor 'X' dimension (with 100mm 3.94" Screw) ("X" for Initial set-up only) Tigercat ST5702 Start of regulation Speed Motor 'X' dimension (with 100mm 3.94" Screw) ("X" for Initial set-up only)

Low

221 bar (3200 PSI) 1200-1225 RPM 0.19 in (5 mm)

High High

221 bar (3200 PSI) 1150-1175 RPM 0.19 in (5 mm)

High High

221 bar (3200 PSI) 1150-1175 RPM 0.19 in (5 mm)

High High

ATTACHMENT PUMP - Standard Pressure override Stand-by Pressure

(Measured @ 'PX") 207 bar (3000 PSI) (Measured @ 'PX") 34 bar (500 PSI)

High Low

ATTACHMENT PUMP - High Torque Pressure override Stand-by Pressure

(Measured @ 'PX") 248 bar (3600 PSI) (Measured @ 'PX") 34 bar (500 PSI)

High Low

ATTACHMENT VALVE - Standard Clamp arm feed reducers Accumulator arms port reliefs Wrist port reliefs

(Measured @ 'PL") 207 bar (3000 PSI) (Measured @ 'PL") 207 bar (3000 PSI) (Measured @ 'PL") 207 bar (3000 PSI)

High High High

ATTACHMENT VALVE - High Torque Clamp arm feed reducers Accumulator arms port reliefs Wrist port reliefs

(Measured @ 'PL") 207 bar (3000 PSI) (Measured @ 'PL") 207 bar (3000 PSI) (Measured @ 'PL") 252 bar (3650 PSI)

High High High

Page 3 of 5

3.52

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher FAN PUMP Max pressure Stand-by pressure

186 bar (2700 PSI) 19 bar (280 PSI)

DOOR/ROOF PUMP Main Relief

207 bar (3000 PSI)

NOTE: All hydraulic settings to be done with hydraulic oil at operating tempertures as per oil selection choice at top of sheet.

Comments

Page 1 of 2

3.53

High Low

Lubrication and Maintenance BOOM SPEED SETTINGS ER Boom w/Head Main Boom Cylinder UP 1.5 turns DOWN 3.5 turns

Non-ER Boom w/Head

Time w/Head

Time No Head

1.5 turns 3.5 turns

5.0 Sec 8.0 Sec

5.0 Sec 12.0 Sec

Stick Boom Cylinder OUT 3.0 Sec IN 4.5 Sec

6.0 Sec 6.0 Sec

Head Tilt Cylinder FORWARD 1.0 turns BACKWARD 0.5 turns

1.0 turns 0.5 turns

Leveling Valve Level Fore Level Aft

Tigercat X870C/LX870C Feller Buncher

Turns in from MAX OR Time Turns in from MAX OR Time Time Only Time Only

4.0 Sec 4.0 Sec

4.0 Sec 4.0 Sec

Turns in from MAX OR Time Turns in from MAX OR Time Time Only via IQAN Time Only via IQAN

8.0 Sec 8.0 Sec

ATTACHMENT SPEED SETTINGS 30° Wrist Right 30° Wrist Left

4.0 Sec 4.0 Sec

Set in IQAN Display - Time only Set in IQAN Display - Time only

110° Wrist Right 110° Wrist Left

6.0 Sec 6.0 Sec

Set in IQAN Display - Time only Set in IQAN Display - Time only

340° Wrist Right 340° Wrist Left

10.5 Sec 10.5 Sec

Set in IQAN Display - Time only Set in IQAN Display - Time only

NOTE: All settings to be done with hydraulic oil at operating tempertures as per oil selection choice at top of sheet - Engine RPM at HIGH. Comments

Page 5 of 5

3.54